Commit Graph

7507 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Andres Freund 1a4fd77db8 Avoid non-POSIX cp flags
Commit 252dcb32 used cp -a, but apparently Solaris doesn't like that.  Use cp
-RPp instead.

Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGL10AoQVMMqgOJ8CTjoz9MLidD8ik2e8PibzLNMz0+aRg@mail.gmail.com
2023-08-25 06:43:37 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera 98976d0ce0
Rename test table to avoid cs_CZ locale problem
Per buildfarm member Hippopotamus
2023-08-25 14:06:13 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera b0e96f3119
Catalog not-null constraints
We now create contype='n' pg_constraint rows for not-null constraints.

We propagate these constraints to other tables during operations such as
adding inheritance relationships, creating and attaching partitions and
creating tables LIKE other tables.  We also spawn not-null constraints
for inheritance child tables when their parents have primary keys.
These related constraints mostly follow the well-known rules of
conislocal and coninhcount that we have for CHECK constraints, with some
adaptations: for example, as opposed to CHECK constraints, we don't
match not-null ones by name when descending a hierarchy to alter it,
instead matching by column name that they apply to.  This means we don't
require the constraint names to be identical across a hierarchy.

For now, we omit them for system catalogs.  Maybe this is worth
reconsidering.  We don't support NOT VALID nor DEFERRABLE clauses
either; these can be added as separate features later (this patch is
already large and complicated enough.)

psql shows these constraints in \d+.

pg_dump requires some ad-hoc hacks, particularly when dumping a primary
key.  We now create one "throwaway" not-null constraint for each column
in the PK together with the CREATE TABLE command, and once the PK is
created, all those throwaway constraints are removed.  This avoids
having to check each tuple for nullness when the dump restores the
primary key creation.

pg_upgrading from an older release requires a somewhat brittle procedure
to create a constraint state that matches what would be created if the
database were being created fresh in Postgres 17.  I have tested all the
scenarios I could think of, and it works correctly as far as I can tell,
but I could have neglected weird cases.

This patch has been very long in the making.  The first patch was
written by Bernd Helmle in 2010 to add a new pg_constraint.contype value
('n'), which I (Álvaro) then hijacked in 2011 and 2012, until that one
was killed by the realization that we ought to use contype='c' instead:
manufactured CHECK constraints.  However, later SQL standard
development, as well as nonobvious emergent properties of that design
(mostly, failure to distinguish them from "normal" CHECK constraints as
well as the performance implication of having to test the CHECK
expression) led us to reconsider this choice, so now the current
implementation uses contype='n' again.  During Postgres 16 this had
already been introduced by commit e056c557ae, but there were some
problems mainly with the pg_upgrade procedure that couldn't be fixed in
reasonable time, so it was reverted.

In 2016 Vitaly Burovoy also worked on this feature[1] but found no
consensus for his proposed approach, which was claimed to be closer to
the letter of the standard, requiring an additional pg_attribute column
to track the OID of the not-null constraint for that column.
[1] https://postgr.es/m/CAKOSWNkN6HSyatuys8xZxzRCR-KL1OkHS5-b9qd9bf1Rad3PLA@mail.gmail.com

Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Bernd Helmle <mailings@oopsware.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
2023-08-25 13:31:24 +02:00
Andres Freund 252dcb3239 Use "template" data directory in tests
When running all (or just many) of our tests, a significant portion of both
CPU time and IO is spent running initdb. Most of those initdb runs don't
specify any options influencing properties of the created data directory.

Avoid most of that overhead by creating a "template" data directory, alongside
the temporary installation. Instead of running initdb, pg_regress and tap
tests can copy that data directory. When a tap test specifies options to
initdb, the template data directory is not used. That could be relaxed for
some options, but it's not clear it's worth the effort.

There unfortunately is some duplication between pg_regress.c and Cluster.pm,
but there are no easy ways of sharing that code without introducing additional
complexity.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220120021859.3zpsfqn4z7ob7afz@alap3.anarazel.de
2023-08-24 14:38:02 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera 3da13a6257
Add test for inherited CHECK constraint drop
This code is insufficiently covered by tests, so add a few small test
cases to immortalize its behavior before it gets rewritten completely by
the project to catalog NOT NULL constraints.
2023-08-24 16:51:43 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 01226c682c Avoid use of Perl getprotobyname
getprotobyname returns undefined on some CI machines.  It's not clear
why.  The code overall still works, but it raises a warning.

In PostgreSQL C code, we always call socket() with 0 for the protocol
argument, so we should be able to do the same in Perl (since the Perl
documentation says that the arguments of the socket function are the
same as in C).  So do that, to avoid the issue.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/06f899fd-1826-05ab-42d6-adeb1fd5e200%40eisentraut.org
2023-08-23 20:48:48 +02:00
Nathan Bossart 260a1f18da Add to_bin() and to_oct().
This commit introduces functions for converting numbers to their
equivalent binary and octal representations.  Also, the base
conversion code for these functions and to_hex() has been moved to
a common helper function.

Co-authored-by: Eric Radman
Reviewed-by: Ian Barwick, Dag Lem, Vignesh C, Tom Lane, Peter Eisentraut, Kirk Wolak, Vik Fearing, John Naylor, Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y6IyTQQ/TsD5wnsH%40vm3.eradman.com
2023-08-23 07:49:03 -07:00
Michael Paquier 6fde2d9a00 Fix pg_stat_reset_single_table_counters() for shared relations
This commit fixes the function of $subject for shared relations.  This
feature has been added by e042678.  Unfortunately, this new behavior got
removed by 5891c7a when moving statistics to shared memory.

Reported-by: Mitsuru Hinata
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7cc69f863d9b1bc677544e3accd0e4b4@oss.nttdata.com
Backpatch-through: 15
2023-08-21 13:32:14 +09:00
Michael Paquier 1e68e43d3f Add system view pg_wait_events
This new view, wrapped around a SRF, shows some information known about
wait events, as of:
- Name.
- Type (Activity, I/O, Extension, etc.).
- Description.

All the information retrieved comes from wait_event_names.txt, and the
description is the same as the documentation with filters applied to
remove any XML markups.  This view is useful when joined with
pg_stat_activity to get the description of a wait event reported.

Custom wait events for extensions are included in the view.

Original idea by Yves Colin.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Masahiro Ikeda, Tom Lane, Michael
Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0e2ae164-dc89-03c3-cf7f-de86378053ac@gmail.com
2023-08-20 15:35:02 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 881cd9e581 Remove dubious warning message from SQL/JSON functions
There was a warning that FORMAT JSON has no effect on json/jsonb
types, which is true, but it's not clear why we should issue a warning
about it.  The SQL standard does not say anything about this, which
should generally govern the behavior here.  So remove it.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/dfec2cae-d17e-c508-6d16-c2dba82db486%40eisentraut.org
2023-08-18 07:41:14 +02:00
Michael Paquier 352ea3acf8 Add OAT hook calls for more subcommands of ALTER TABLE
The OAT hooks are added in ALTER TABLE for the following subcommands:
- { ENABLE | DISABLE | [NO] FORCE } ROW LEVEL SECURITY
- { ENABLE | DISABLE } TRIGGER
- { ENABLE | DISABLE } RULE.  Note that there was hook for pg_rewrite,
but not for relation ALTER'ed in pg_class.

Tests are added to test_oat_hook for all the subcommand patterns gaining
hooks here.  Based on an ask from Legs Mansion.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/tencent_083B3850655AC6EE04FA0A400766D3FE8309@qq.com
2023-08-17 08:54:17 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut dca20013eb Unify some error messages
We had essentially the same error in several different wordings.
Unify that.
2023-08-16 16:17:00 +02:00
Michael Paquier af720b4c50 Change custom wait events to use dynamic shared hash tables
Currently, the names of the custom wait event must be registered for
each backend, requiring all these to link to the shared memory area of
an extension, even if these are not loaded with
shared_preload_libraries.

This patch relaxes the constraints related to this infrastructure by
storing the wait events and their names in two dynamic hash tables in
shared memory.  This has the advantage to simplify the registration of
custom wait events to a single routine call that returns an event ID
ready for consumption:
uint32 WaitEventExtensionNew(const char *wait_event_name);

The caller of this routine can then cache locally the ID returned, to be
used for pgstat_report_wait_start(), WaitLatch() or a similar routine.

The implementation uses two hash tables: one with a key based on the
event name to avoid duplicates and a second using the event ID as key
for event lookups, like on pg_stat_activity.  These tables can hold a
minimum of 16 entries, and a maximum of 128 entries, which should be plenty
enough.

The code changes done in worker_spi show how things are simplified (most
of the code removed in this commit comes from there):
- worker_spi_init() is gone.
- No more shared memory hooks required (size requested and
initialization).
- The custom wait event ID is cached in the process that needs to set
it, with one single call to WaitEventExtensionNew() to retrieve it.

Per suggestion from Andres Freund.

Author: Masahiro Ikeda, with a few tweaks from me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230801032349.aaiuvhtrcvvcwzcx@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-08-14 14:47:27 +09:00
Jeff Davis bee263b087 Remove test from commit fa2e874946.
The fix itself is fine, but the test revealed other problems related
to parallel query that are not easily fixable. Remove the test for
now to fix the buildfarm.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/88825.1691665432@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-08-10 10:20:54 -07:00
Jeff Davis fa2e874946 Recalculate search_path after ALTER ROLE.
Renaming a role can affect the meaning of the special string $user, so
must cause search_path to be recalculated.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/186761d32c0255debbdf50b6310b581b9c973e6c.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Michael Paquier
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-08-09 13:09:25 -07:00
Noah Misch cd5f2a3570 Reject substituting extension schemas or owners matching ["$'\].
Substituting such values in extension scripts facilitated SQL injection
when @extowner@, @extschema@, or @extschema:...@ appeared inside a
quoting construct (dollar quoting, '', or "").  No bundled extension was
vulnerable.  Vulnerable uses do appear in a documentation example and in
non-bundled extensions.  Hence, the attack prerequisite was an
administrator having installed files of a vulnerable, trusted,
non-bundled extension.  Subject to that prerequisite, this enabled an
attacker having database-level CREATE privilege to execute arbitrary
code as the bootstrap superuser.  By blocking this attack in the core
server, there's no need to modify individual extensions.  Back-patch to
v11 (all supported versions).

Reported by Micah Gate, Valerie Woolard, Tim Carey-Smith, and Christoph
Berg.

Security: CVE-2023-39417
2023-08-07 06:05:56 -07:00
Dean Rasheed c2e08b04c9 Fix RLS policy usage in MERGE.
If MERGE executes an UPDATE action on a table with row-level security,
the code incorrectly applied the WITH CHECK clauses from the target
table's INSERT policies to new rows, instead of the clauses from the
table's UPDATE policies. In addition, it failed to check new rows
against the target table's SELECT policies, if SELECT permissions were
required (likely to always be the case).

In addition, if MERGE executes a DO NOTHING action for matched rows,
the code incorrectly applied the USING clauses from the target table's
DELETE policies to existing target tuples. These policies were applied
as checks that would throw an error, if they did not pass.

Fix this, so that a MERGE UPDATE action applies the same RLS policies
as a plain UPDATE query with a WHERE clause, and a DO NOTHING action
does not apply any RLS checks (other than adding clauses from SELECT
policies to the join).

Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Stephen Frost.

Security: CVE-2023-39418
2023-08-07 09:28:47 +01:00
David Rowley 7516056c58 Attempt to stabilize new window agg regression test
This test was recently added in 3900a02c9.  It appears to be unstable in
regards to the join order presumably due to the relations at either side
of the join being equal in side.  Here we add a qual to make one of them
smaller so the planner is more likely to choose to hash the smaller of the
two.

Reported-by: Nathan Bossart, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://www.postgr.es/m/20230803235403.GC1238296@nathanxps13
2023-08-04 13:27:19 +12:00
David Rowley 3900a02c97 Account for startup rows when costing WindowAggs
Here we adjust the costs for WindowAggs so that they properly take into
account how much of their subnode they must read before outputting the
first row.  Without this, we always assumed that the startup cost for the
WindowAgg was not much more expensive than the startup cost of its
subnode, however, that's going to be completely wrong in many cases.  The
WindowAgg may have to read *all* of its subnode to output a single row
with certain window bound options.

Here we estimate how many rows we'll need to read from the WindowAgg's
subnode and proportionally add more of the subnode's run costs onto the
WindowAgg's startup costs according to how much of it we expect to have to
read in order to produce the first WindowAgg row.

The reason this is more important than we might have initially thought is
that we may end up making use of a path from the lower planner that works
well as a cheap startup plan when the query has a LIMIT clause, however,
the WindowAgg might mean we need to read far more rows than what the LIMIT
specifies.

No backpatch on this so as not to cause plan changes in released
versions.

Bug: #17862
Reported-by: Tim Palmer
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17862-1ab8f74b0f7b0611@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrB0S5BMv+0-wTTqWFE-BJ0noWqTnDu9QQfjZ2VSpLv_g@mail.gmail.com
2023-08-04 09:27:38 +12:00
Andres Freund 36ab831f9a Fix pg_stat_io buffer reuse test instability
The stats regression test attempts to ensure that Buffer Access Strategy
"reuses" are being counted in pg_stat_io by vacuuming a table which is larger
than the size of the strategy ring. However, when shared buffers are in
sufficiently high demand, another backend could evict one of the blocks in the
strategy ring before the first backend has a chance to reuse the buffer. The
backend using the strategy would then evict another shared buffer and add that
buffer to the strategy ring. This counts as an eviction and not a reuse in
pg_stat_io. Count both evictions and reuses in the test to ensure it does not
fail incorrectly.

Reported-by: Jeff Davis <pgsql@j-davis.com>,
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_bNG27AxG9TdPtwsL6wg8AWbVckjmTL2t1HF=miDQuNtw@mail.gmail.com
2023-08-01 14:10:04 -07:00
Michael Paquier c9af054653 Support custom wait events for wait event type "Extension"
Two backend routines are added to allow extension to allocate and define
custom wait events, all of these being allocated in the type
"Extension":
* WaitEventExtensionNew(), that allocates a wait event ID computed from
a counter in shared memory.
* WaitEventExtensionRegisterName(), to associate a custom string to the
wait event ID allocated.

Note that this includes an example of how to use this new facility in
worker_spi with tests in TAP for various scenarios, and some
documentation about how to use them.

Any code in the tree that currently uses WAIT_EVENT_EXTENSION could
switch to this new facility to define custom wait events.  This is left
as work for future patches.

Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Michael Paquier, Tristan Partin, Bharath
Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b9f5411acda0cf15c8fbb767702ff43e@oss.nttdata.com
2023-07-31 17:09:24 +09:00
Michael Paquier b68e356a68 worker_spi: Fix race condition in newly-added TAP tests
The second portion of the tests had a race condition where it would be
possible for the startup of the dynamic workers to fail, in the event
where the static workers started before them with the library loading in
shared_preload_libraries did not finish to create their respective
schemas.  The conflict is caused by the fact that the dynamic and static
workers used the same IDs, overlapping each other, so, for now, switch
the dynamic workers to use different IDs, leading to different schemas
created.

Reported-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230728022332.egqzobhskmlf6ntr@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-07-29 11:34:53 +09:00
Michael Paquier 320c311fda worker_spi: Switch to TAP tests
This commit moves worker_spi to use TAP tests.  sql/worker_spi.sql is
gone, replaced by an equivalent set of queries in a TAP script, without
worker_spi loaded in shared_preload_libraries:
- One query to launch a worker dynamically, relying now on "postgres" as
the default database to connect to.
- Two wait queries with poll_query_until(), one to wait for the worker
schema to be initialized and a second to wait for a tuple processed by
the worker.
- Server reload to accelerate the main loop of the spawned worker.

More coverage is added for workers registered when the library is loaded
with shared_preload_libraries, while on it, checking that these are
connecting to the database set in the GUC worker_spi.database.

A local run of these test is showing that TAP is slightly faster than
the original, while providing more coverage (3.7s vs 4.4s).  There was
also some discussions about keeping the SQL tests, but this would
require initializing twice a cluster, increasing the runtime of the
tests up to 5.6s here.

These tests will be expanded more in an upcoming patch aimed at adding
support for custom wait events for the Extension class, still under
discussion, to check the new in-core APIs with and without a library set
in shared_preload_libraries.

Bharath has written the part where shared_preload_libraries is used,
while I have migrated the existing SQL tests to TAP.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Ikeda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWR9ncAiDF73unqdJF1dmsA2R0efGXX2624X+YVxcAVWg@mail.gmail.com
2023-07-27 13:30:07 +09:00
Amit Langote 03734a7fed Add more SQL/JSON constructor functions
This Patch introduces three SQL standard JSON functions:

JSON()
JSON_SCALAR()
JSON_SERIALIZE()

JSON() produces json values from text, bytea, json or jsonb values,
and has facilitites for handling duplicate keys.

JSON_SCALAR() produces a json value from any scalar sql value,
including json and jsonb.

JSON_SERIALIZE() produces text or bytea from input which containis
or represents json or jsonb;

For the most part these functions don't add any significant new
capabilities, but they will be of use to users wanting standard
compliant JSON handling.

Catversion bumped as this changes ruleutils.c.

Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
Author: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@gmail.com>
Author: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Author: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby, Álvaro Herrera,
Peter Eisentraut

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abd9b83b-aa66-f230-3d6d-734817f0995d%40postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE4XTdfb1nW=Ojoy_tQSRhYt-q_kb6i5d4xcKyrLC1Nbg@mail.gmail.com
2023-07-26 17:08:33 +09:00
Michael Paquier d9eb92c7b1 worker_spi: Use term "dynamic" for bgworkers launched with worker_spi_launch()
This gives a way to make a difference between workers registered when
the library is loaded with shared_preload_libraries and when these are
launched dynamically, in ps output or pg_stat_activity.

Extracted from a larger patch by the same author.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Ikeda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWR9ncAiDF73unqdJF1dmsA2R0efGXX2624X+YVxcAVWg@mail.gmail.com
2023-07-26 12:43:26 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera 6061adedf5
Compare only major versions in AdjustUpgrade.pm
Because PostgreSQL::Version is very nuanced about development version
numbers, the comparison to 16beta2 makes it think that that release is
older than 16, therefore applying a database tweak that doesn't work
there (the comparison is only supposed to match when run on version 15).
As suggested by Andrew Dunstan, fix by having AdjustUpgrade.pm public
methods create a separate PostgreSQL::Version object to use for these
comparisons, that only carries the major version number.

While at it, have the same methods ensure that the objects given are of
the expected type.

Backpatch to 16.  This module goes all the way back to 9.2, but there's
probably no need for this fix except where betas still live.

Co-authored-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230719110504.zbu74o54bqqlsufb@alvherre.pgsql
2023-07-24 17:14:22 +02:00
Jeff Davis 702d003269 ICU: remove negative test that fails to fail.
On OpenBSD, setlocale() does not fail on an ICU-specific
locale. Remove the test.

Reported-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230702165615.k6waysygrefdeiiw@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-07-21 15:24:19 -07:00
Tom Lane 3c90dcd039 Fix calculation of relid sets for partitionwise child joins.
Applying add_outer_joins_to_relids() to a child join doesn't actually
work, even if we've built a SpecialJoinInfo specialized to the child,
because that function will also compare the join's relids to elements
of the main join_info_list, which only deal in regular relids not
child relids.  This mistake escaped detection by the existing
partitionwise join tests because they didn't test any cases where
add_outer_joins_to_relids() needs to add additional OJ relids (that
is, any cases where join reordering per identity 3 is possible).

Instead, let's apply adjust_child_relids() to the relids of the parent
join.  This requires minor code reordering to collect the relevant
AppendRelInfo structures first, but that's work we'd do shortly anyway.

Report and fix by Richard Guo; cosmetic changes by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs49NCNbyubZWgci3o=_OTY=snCfAPtMnM-32f3mm-K-Ckw@mail.gmail.com
2023-07-21 12:00:14 -04:00
Michael Paquier 97ff8dd02c Fix worker_spi when launching workers without shared_preload_libraries
Currently, the database name to connect is initialized only when the
module is loaded with shared_preload_libraries, causing any call of
worker_spi_launch() to fail if the library is not loaded for a dynamic
bgworker launch.  Rather than making the GUC defining the database to
connect to a PGC_POSTMASTER, this commit switches worker_spi.database to
PGC_SIGHUP, loaded even if the module's library is loaded dynamically
for a worker.

We have been discussing about the integration of more advanced tests in
this module, with and without shared_preload_libraries set, so this
eases a bit the work planned in this area.

No backpatch is done as, while this is a bug, it changes the definition
of worker_spi.database.

Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d30d3ea7d21cb7c9e1e3cc47e301f1b6@oss.nttdata.com
2023-07-21 12:07:52 +09:00
Daniel Gustafsson 29a0ccbce9 Revert "Add notBefore and notAfter to SSL cert info display"
Due to an oversight in reviewing, this used functionality not
compatible with old versions of OpenSSL.

This reverts commit 75ec5e7bec.
2023-07-20 17:18:12 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson 75ec5e7bec Add notBefore and notAfter to SSL cert info display
This adds the X509 attributes notBefore and notAfter to sslinfo
as well as pg_stat_ssl to allow verifying and identifying the
validity period of the current client certificate.

Author: Cary Huang <cary.huang@highgo.ca>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/182b8565486.10af1a86f158715.2387262617218380588@highgo.ca
2023-07-20 17:07:32 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson 40fad96530 Set fixed dates for test certificates validity
Rather than specifying a validity of 10 000 days into the future
during test certificate generation, this hardcodes the notBefore
and notAfter attributes to known values. This will allow writing
tests on the validity of the certificates without knowing when a
specific certificate was regenerated.

This is done as a prerequisite for an upcoming patch which adds
notBefore and notAfter to pg_stat_ssl and sslinfo.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/EE288A58-947E-479A-9D99-C46C273D7A23@yesql.se
2023-07-20 16:04:27 +02:00
Tom Lane d65ddaca93 Add psql \drg command to display role grants.
With the addition of INHERIT and SET options for role grants,
the historical display of role memberships in \du/\dg is woefully
inadequate.  Besides those options, there are pre-existing
shortcomings that you can't see the ADMIN option nor the grantor.

To fix this, remove the "Member of" column from \du/\dg altogether
(making that output usefully narrower), and invent a new meta-command
"\drg" that is specifically for displaying role memberships.  It
shows one row for each role granted to the selected role(s), with
the grant options and grantor.

We would not normally back-patch such a feature addition post
feature freeze, but in this case the change is mainly driven by
v16 changes in the server, so it seems appropriate to include it
in v16.

Pavel Luzanov, with bikeshedding and review from a lot of people,
but particularly David Johnston

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b9be2d0e-a9bc-0a30-492f-a4f68e4f7740@postgrespro.ru
2023-07-19 12:46:30 -04:00
Tom Lane e08d74ca13 Allow plan nodes with initPlans to be considered parallel-safe.
If the plan itself is parallel-safe, and the initPlans are too,
there's no reason anymore to prevent the plan from being marked
parallel-safe.  That restriction (dating to commit ab77a5a45) was
really a special case of the fact that we couldn't transmit subplans
to parallel workers at all.  We fixed that in commit 5e6d8d2bb and
follow-ons, but this case never got addressed.

We still forbid attaching initPlans to a Gather node that's
inserted pursuant to debug_parallel_query = regress.  That's because,
when we hide the Gather from EXPLAIN output, we'd hide the initPlans
too, causing cosmetic regression diffs.  It seems inadvisable to
kluge EXPLAIN to the extent required to make the output look the
same, so just don't do it in that case.

Along the way, this also takes care of some sloppiness about updating
path costs to match when we move initplans from one place to another
during createplan.c and setrefs.c.  Since all the planning decisions
are already made by that point, this is just cosmetic; but it seems
good to keep EXPLAIN output consistent with where the initplans are.

The diff in query_planner() might be worth remarking on.  I found that
one because after fixing things to allow parallel-safe initplans, one
partition_prune test case changed plans (as shown in the patch) ---
but only when debug_parallel_query was active.  The reason proved to
be that we only bothered to mark Result nodes as potentially
parallel-safe when debug_parallel_query is on.  This neglects the fact
that parallel-safety may be of interest for a sub-query even though
the Result itself doesn't parallelize.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1129530.1681317832@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-07-14 11:41:20 -04:00
Amit Kapila edca342434 Allow the use of a hash index on the subscriber during replication.
Commit 89e46da5e5 allowed using BTREE indexes that are neither
PRIMARY KEY nor REPLICA IDENTITY on the subscriber during apply of
update/delete. This patch extends that functionality to also allow HASH
indexes.

We explored supporting other index access methods as well but they don't
have a fixed strategy for equality operation which is required by the
current infrastructure in logical replication to scan the indexes.

Author: Kuroda Hayato
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Onder Kalaci, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB58669D7414E59664E17A5827F522A@TYAPR01MB5866.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2023-07-14 08:21:54 +05:30
Michael Paquier 38ea6aa90e Fix updates of indisvalid for partitioned indexes
indisvalid is switched to true for partitioned indexes when all its
partitions have valid indexes when attaching a new partition, up to the
top-most parent if all its leaves are themselves valid when dealing with
multiple layers of partitions.

The copy of the tuple from pg_index used to switch indisvalid to true
came from the relation cache, which is incorrect.  Particularly, in the
case reported by Shruthi Gowda, executing a series of commands in a
single transaction would cause the validation of partitioned indexes to
use an incorrect version of a pg_index tuple, as indexes are reloaded
after an invalidation request with RelationReloadIndexInfo(), a much
faster version than a full index cache rebuild.  In this case, the
limited information updated in the cache leads to an incorrect version
of the tuple used.  One of the symptoms reported was the following
error, with a replica identity update, for instance:
"ERROR: attempted to update invisible tuple"

This is incorrect since 8b08f7d, so backpatch all the way down.

Reported-by: Shruthi Gowda
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Shruthi Gowda, Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAASxf_PBcxax0wW-3gErUyftZ0XrCs3Lrpuhq4-Z3Fak1DoW7Q@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-07-14 10:12:48 +09:00
Andres Freund c66a7d75e6 Handle DROP DATABASE getting interrupted
Until now, when DROP DATABASE got interrupted in the wrong moment, the removal
of the pg_database row would also roll back, even though some irreversible
steps have already been taken. E.g. DropDatabaseBuffers() might have thrown
out dirty buffers, or files could have been unlinked. But we continued to
allow connections to such a corrupted database.

To fix this, mark databases invalid with an in-place update, just before
starting to perform irreversible steps. As we can't add a new column in the
back branches, we use pg_database.datconnlimit = -2 for this purpose.

An invalid database cannot be connected to anymore, but can still be
dropped.

Unfortunately we can't easily add output to psql's \l to indicate that some
database is invalid, it doesn't fit in any of the existing columns.

Add tests verifying that a interrupted DROP DATABASE is handled correctly in
the backend and in various tools.

Reported-by: Evgeny Morozov <postgresql3@realityexists.net>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230509004637.cgvmfwrbht7xm7p6@awork3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230314174521.74jl6ffqsee5mtug@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-, bug present in all supported versions
2023-07-13 13:03:28 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera c8e43c22be
parallel_schedule: add comment on event_trigger test dependency
This is cosmetic, so no backpatch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230405233356.qs4w4jtfc3kq4obl@alvherre.pgsql
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
2023-07-12 18:46:27 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 8c852ba9a4 Allow some exclusion constraints on partitions
Previously we only allowed unique B-tree constraints on partitions
(and only if the constraint included all the partition keys).  But we
could allow exclusion constraints with the same restriction.  We also
require that those columns be compared for equality, not something
like &&.

Author: Paul A. Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Ronan Dunklau <ronan.dunklau@aiven.io>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/ec8b1d9b-502e-d1f8-e909-1bf9dffe6fa5@illuminatedcomputing.com
2023-07-12 09:25:17 +02:00
Masahiko Sawada 46ebdfe164 Report index vacuum progress.
This commit adds two columns: indexes_total and indexes_processed, to
pg_stat_progress_vacuum system view to show the index vacuum
progress. These numbers are reported in the "vacuuming indexes" and
"cleaning up indexes" phases.

This uses the new parallel message type for progress reporting added
by be06506e7.

Bump catversion because this changes the definition of
pg_stat_progress_vacuum.

Author: Sami Imseih
Reviewed by: Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier, Nathan Bossart, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5478DFCD-2333-401A-B2F0-0D186AB09228@amazon.com
2023-07-11 12:34:01 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut e53a611523 Message wording improvements 2023-07-10 10:47:24 +02:00
Michael Paquier bd5ddbe866 Fix ALTER EXTENSION SET SCHEMA with objects outside an extension's schema
As coded, the code would use as a base comparison the namespace OID from
the first object scanned in pg_depend when switching its namespace
dependency entry to the new one, and use it as a base of comparison for
any follow-up checks.  It would also be used as the old namespace OID to
switch *from* for the extension's pg_depend entry.  Hence, if the first
object scanned has a namespace different than the one stored in the
extension, we would finish by:
- Not checking that the extension objects map with the extension's
schema.
- Not switching the extension -> namespace dependency entry to the new
namespace provided by the user, making ALTER EXTENSION ineffective.

This issue exists since this command has been introduced in d9572c4 for
relocatable extension, so backpatch all the way down to 11.  The test
case has been provided by Heikki, that I have tweaked a bit to show the
effects on pg_depend for the extension.

Reported-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Author: Michael Paquier, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20eea594-a05b-4c31-491b-007b6fceef28@iki.fi
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-07-10 09:40:07 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 6ee01e25b7 Fix Perl warning
Use of uninitialized value $content in concatenation (.) or string
2023-07-08 17:27:18 +02:00
Jeff Davis 9f6253613e test_extensions: sync meson.build with Makefile.
Makefile does not specify ENCODING, meson.build should not,
either. Oversight in commit 877bf52cff.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZKYpvvNQdbQuRDGx@paquier.xyz
Reported-by: Michael Paquier
2023-07-07 11:39:19 -07:00
Nathan Bossart 151c22deee Revert MAINTAIN privilege and pg_maintain predefined role.
This reverts the following commits: 4dbdb82513, c2122aae63,
5b1a879943, 9e1e9d6560, ff9618e82a, 60684dd834, 4441fc704d,
and b5d6382496.  A role with the MAINTAIN privilege may be able to
use search_path tricks to escalate privileges to the table owner.
Unfortunately, it is too late in the v16 development cycle to apply
the proposed fix, i.e., restricting search_path when running
maintenance commands.

Bumps catversion.

Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1q7j7Y-000z1H-Hr%40gemulon.postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 16
2023-07-07 11:25:13 -07:00
Daniel Gustafsson f863d82b2f pg_regress: Remove unused variable
The restrictedToken handle was set but never read, so remove the
variable and change to a boolean style check to match other uses
of CreateRestrictedProcess().

Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/62A63C81-3893-4E3F-A34E-2081DF67074E@yesql.se
2023-07-06 21:21:37 +02:00
Michael Paquier a14354cac0 Add GUC parameter "huge_pages_status"
This is useful to show the allocation state of huge pages when setting
up a server with "huge_pages = try", where allocating huge pages would
be attempted but the server would continue its startup sequence even if
the allocation fails.  The effective status of huge pages is not easily
visible without OS-level tools (or for instance, a lookup at
/proc/N/smaps), and the environments where Postgres runs may not
authorize that.  Like the other GUCs related to huge pages, this works
for Linux and Windows.

This GUC can report as values:
- "on", if huge pages were allocated.
- "off", if huge pages were not allocated.
- "unknown", a special state that could only be seen when using for
example postgres -C because it is only possible to know if the shared
memory allocation worked after we can check for the GUC values, even if
checking a runtime-computed GUC.  This value should never be seen when
querying for the GUC on a running server.  An assertion is added to
check that.

The discussion has also turned around having a new function to grab this
status, but this would have required more tricks for -DEXEC_BACKEND,
something that GUCs already handle.

Noriyoshi Shinoda has initiated the thread that has led to the result of
this commit.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TU4PR8401MB1152EBB0D271F827E2E37A01EECC9@TU4PR8401MB1152.NAMPRD84.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
2023-07-06 14:42:36 +09:00
Masahiko Sawada 68a59f9e99 pgstat: fix subscription stats entry leak.
Commit 7b64e4b3 taught DropSubscription() to drop stats entry of
subscription that is not associated with a replication slot for apply
worker at DROP SUBSCRIPTION but missed covering the case where the
subscription is not associated with replication slots for both apply
worker and tablesync worker.

Also add a test to verify that the stats for slot-less subscription is
removed at DROP SUBSCRIPTION time.

Backpatch down to 15.

Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Hayato Kuroda, Melih Mutlu, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoB71zkP7uPT7JDPsZcvp0749ExEQnOJxeNKPDFisHar+w@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 15
2023-07-05 14:49:46 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut cccdbc5d95 Clean up command argument assembly
Several commands internally assemble command lines to call other
commands.  This includes initdb, pg_dumpall, and pg_regress.  (Also
pg_ctl, but that is different enough that I didn't consider it here.)
This has all evolved a bit organically, with fixed-size buffers, and
various optional command-line arguments being injected with
confusing-looking code, and the spacing between options handled in
inconsistent ways.  Clean all this up a bit to look clearer and be
more easily extensible with new arguments and options.  We start each
command with printfPQExpBuffer(), and then append arguments as
necessary with appendPQExpBuffer().  Also standardize on using
initPQExpBuffer() over createPQExpBuffer() where possible.  pg_regress
uses StringInfo instead of PQExpBuffer, but many of the same ideas
apply.

Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/16d0beac-a141-e5d3-60e9-323da75f49bf@eisentraut.org
2023-07-05 07:15:23 +02:00
Michael Paquier fa88928470 Generate automatically code and documentation related to wait events
The documentation and the code is generated automatically from a new
file called wait_event_names.txt, formatted in sections dedicated to
each wait event class (Timeout, Lock, IO, etc.) with three tab-separated
fields:
- C symbol in enums
- Format in the system views
- Description in the docs

Using this approach has several advantages, as we have proved to be
rather bad in maintaining this area of the tree across the years:
- The order of each item in the documentation and the code, which should
be alphabetical, has become incorrect multiple times, and the script
generating the code and documentation has a few rules to enforce that,
making the maintenance a no-brainer.
- Some wait events were added to the code, but not documented, so this
cannot be missed now.
- The order of the tables for each wait event class is enforced in the
documentation (the input .txt file does so as well for clarity, though
this is not mandatory).
- Less code, shaving 1.2k lines from the tree, with 1/3 of the savings
coming from the code, the rest from the documentation.

The wait event types "Lock" and "LWLock" still have their own code path
for their code, hence only the documentation is created for them.  These
classes are listed with a special marker called WAIT_EVENT_DOCONLY in
the input file.

Adding a new wait event now requires only an update of
wait_event_names.txt, with "Lock" and "LWLock" treated as exceptions.

This commit has been tested with configure/Makefile, the CI and VPATH
build.  clean, distclean and maintainer-clean were working fine.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77a86b3a-c4a8-5f5d-69b9-d70bbf2e9b98@gmail.com
2023-07-05 10:53:11 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 657f5f223e Remove incidental md5() function uses from several tests
This removes md5() function calls from these test suites:

- bloom
- test_decoding
- isolation
- recovery
- subscription

This covers all remaining test suites where md5() calls were just used
to generate some random data and can be replaced by appropriately
adapted sha256() calls.  This will eventually allow these tests to
pass in OpenSSL FIPS mode (which does not allow MD5 use).  See also
208bf364a9.  Unlike for the main regression tests, I didn't write a
fipshash() wrapper here, because that would have been too repetitive
and wouldn't really save much here.  In some cases it was easier to
remove one layer of indirection by changing column types from text to
bytea.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f9b480b5-e473-d2d1-223a-4b9db30a229a@eisentraut.org
2023-07-04 14:31:57 +02:00
David Rowley 625d5b3ca0 Allow Incremental Sorts on GiST and SP-GiST indexes
Previously an "amcanorderbyop" index would only be used when the index
could provide sorted results which satisfied all query_pathkeys.  Here
we relax this so that we also allow these indexes to be considered by the
planner when they only provide partially sorted results.  This allows the
planner to later consider making use of an Incremental Sort to satisfy the
remaining pathkeys.  This change is particularly useful for KNN-type
queries which contain a LIMIT clause and an additional ORDER BY clause for
a non-indexed column.

Author: Miroslav Bendik
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPoEpV0QYDtzjwamwWUBqyWpaCVbJV2d6qOD7Uy09bWn47PJtw%40mail.gmail.com
2023-07-04 23:08:52 +12:00
Michael Paquier 28b5726561 libpq: Add support for Close on portals and statements
The following routines are added to libpq:
PGresult *PQclosePrepared(PGconn *conn, const char *stmt);
PGresult *PQclosePortal(PGconn *conn, const char *portal);
int PQsendClosePrepared(PGconn *conn, const char *stmt);
int PQsendClosePortal(PGconn *conn, const char *portal);

The "send" routines are non-blocking versions of the two others.

Close messages are part of the protocol but they did not have a libpq
implementation.  And, having these routines is for instance useful with
connection poolers as these can detect more easily Close messages
than DEALLOCATE queries.

The implementation takes advantage of what the Describe routines rely on
for portals and statements.  Some regression tests are added in
libpq_pipeline, for the four new routines, by closing portals and
statements created already by the tests.

Author: Jelte Fennema
Reviewed-by: Jian He, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQTb4xFAopAVokudB+L62Kt44mNAL4Z9zZ7UTrs1TRFvWA@mail.gmail.com
2023-07-04 14:48:10 +09:00
Michael Paquier 8e278b6576 Remove support for OpenSSL 1.0.1
Here are some notes about this change:
- As X509_get_signature_nid() should always exist (OpenSSL and
LibreSSL), hence HAVE_X509_GET_SIGNATURE_NID is now gone.
- OPENSSL_API_COMPAT is bumped to 0x10002000L.
- One comment related to 1.0.1e introduced by 74242c2 is removed.

Upstream OpenSSL still provides long-term support for 1.0.2 in a closed
fashion, so removing it is out of scope for a few years, at least.

Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZG3JNursG69dz1lr@paquier.xyz
2023-07-03 13:20:27 +09:00
Michael Paquier 2aeaf80e57 Refactor some code related to wait events "BufferPin" and "Extension"
The following changes are done:
- Addition of WaitEventBufferPin and WaitEventExtension, that hold a
list of wait events related to each category.
- Addition of two functions that encapsulate the list of wait events for
each category.
- Rename BUFFER_PIN to BUFFERPIN (only this wait event class used an
underscore, requiring a specific rule in the automation script).

These changes make a bit easier the automatic generation of all the code
and documentation related to wait events, as all the wait event
categories are now controlled by consistent structures and functions.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c6f35117-4b20-4c78-1df5-d3056010dcf5@gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77a86b3a-c4a8-5f5d-69b9-d70bbf2e9b98@gmail.com
2023-07-03 11:01:02 +09:00
Michael Paquier 8c12838001 Make PG_TEST_NOCLEAN work for temporary directories in TAP tests
When set, this environment variable was only effective for data
directories but not for all the other temporary files created by
PostgreSQL::Test::Utils.  Keeping the temporary files after a successful
run can be useful for debugging purposes.

The documentation is updated to reflect the new behavior, with contents
available in doc/ since v16 and in src/test/perl/README since v15.

Author: Jacob Champion
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAWbhmgHtDH1SGZ+Fw05CsXtE0mzTmjbuUxLB9mY9iPKgM6cUw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YyPd9unV14SX2bLF@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-07-03 10:06:04 +09:00
Tomas Vondra 0457109344 Improve BRIN minmax-multi opclass test coverage
Per the code coverage report, the existing regression tests did not
exercice some a couple important BRIN minmax-multi code paths.

- The tests focused on testing planning with a range of scan key
  strategies, but not the execution. Fixed by adding queries that
  actually test query execution for both equality and inequality.

- All tests created indexes after inserting data, but this only
  exercises the CREATE INDEX strategy that sees all values at once, not
  incremental summary updates. The new tests flip the order and create
  the index before adding data.

- The assert check(s) validating correctness of expanded ranges were
  present only in the "union" code path, which is not covered by
  regression tests at all (as it requires concurrency etc.). Fixed by
  adding the asserts to a couple more places.

Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/57020b2e-d9c9-9bc7-4892-b36d9bb07563%40enterprisedb.com
2023-07-02 10:33:38 +02:00
Michael Paquier cfc43aeb38 Fix marking of indisvalid for partitioned indexes at creation
The logic that introduced partitioned indexes missed a few things when
invalidating a partitioned index when these are created, still the code
is written to handle recursions:
1) If created from scratch because a mapping index could not be found,
the new index created could be itself invalid, if for example it was a
partitioned index with one of its leaves invalid.
2) A CCI was missing when indisvalid is set for a parent index, leading
to inconsistent trees when recursing across more than one level for a
partitioned index creation if an invalidation of the parent was
required.

This could lead to the creation of a partition index tree where some of
the partitioned indexes are marked as invalid, but some of the parents
are marked valid, which is not something that should happen (as
validatePartitionedIndex() defines, indisvalid is switched to true for a
partitioned index iff all its partitions are themselves valid).

This patch makes sure that indisvalid is set to false on a partitioned
index if at least one of its partition is invalid.  The flag is set to
true if *all* its partitions are valid.

The regression test added in this commit abuses of a failed concurrent
index creation, marked as invalid, that maps with an index created on
its partitioned table afterwards.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14987634-43c0-0cb3-e075-94d423607e08@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-06-30 13:54:48 +09:00
Michael Paquier 97d8910104 Fix pg_depend entry to AMs after ALTER TABLE .. SET ACCESS METHOD
ALTER TABLE .. SET ACCESS METHOD was not registering a dependency to the
new access method with the relation altered in its rewrite phase, making
possible the drop of an access method even if there are relations that
depend on it.  During the rewrite, a temporary relation is created to
build the new relation files before swapping the new and old files, and,
while the temporary relation was registering a correct dependency to the
new AM, the old relation did not do that.  A dependency on the access
method is added when the relation files are swapped, which is the point
where pg_class is updated.

Materialized views and tables use the same code path, hence both were
impacted.

Backpatch down to 15, where this command has been introduced.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18000-9145c25b1af475ca@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 15
2023-06-30 07:49:01 +09:00
Tom Lane a798660ebe Defend against bogus parameterization of join input paths.
An outer join cannot be formed using an input path that is parameterized
by a value that is supposed to be nulled by the outer join.  This is
obviously nonsensical, and it could lead to a bad plan being selected;
although currently it seems that we'll hit various sanity-check
assertions first.

I think that such cases were formerly prevented by the delay_upper_joins
mechanism, but now that that's gone we need an explicit check.

(Perhaps we should avoid generating baserel paths that could
lead to this situation in the first place; but it seems like
having a defense at the join level would be a good idea anyway.)

Richard Guo and Tom Lane, per report from Jaime Casanova

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJKUy5g2uZRrUDZJ8p-=giwcSHVUn0c9nmdxPSY0jF0Ov8VoEA@mail.gmail.com
2023-06-29 12:12:52 -04:00
Tom Lane 43af714def Fix order of operations in ExecEvalFieldStoreDeForm().
If the given composite datum is toasted out-of-line,
DatumGetHeapTupleHeader will perform database accesses to detoast it.
That can invalidate the result of get_cached_rowtype, as documented
(perhaps not plainly enough) in that function's API spec; which leads
to strange errors or crashes when we try to use the TupleDesc to read
the tuple.  In short then, trying to update a field of a composite
column could fail intermittently if the overall column value is wide
enough to require toasting.

We can fix the bug at no cost by just changing the order of
operations, since we don't need the TupleDesc until after detoasting.
(Other callers of get_cached_rowtype appear to get this right already,
so there's only one bug.)

Note that the added regression test case reveals this bug reliably
only with debug_discard_caches/CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS.

Per bug #17994 from Alexander Lakhin.  Sadly, this patch does not fix
the missing-values issue revealed in the bug discussion; we'll need
some more work to cover that.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17994-5c7100b51b4790e9@postgresql.org
2023-06-29 10:19:10 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 39a584dc90 Error message wording improvements 2023-06-29 09:14:55 +02:00
Michael Paquier fc55c7ff8d Ignore invalid indexes when enforcing index rules in ALTER TABLE ATTACH PARTITION
A portion of ALTER TABLE .. ATTACH PARTITION is to ensure that the
partition being attached to the partitioned table has a correct set of
indexes, so as there is a consistent index mapping between the
partitioned table and its new-to-be partition.  However, as introduced
in 8b08f7d, the current logic could choose an invalid index as a match,
which is something that can exist when dealing with more than two levels
of partitioning, like attaching a partitioned table (that has
partitions, with an index created by CREATE INDEX ON ONLY) to another
partitioned table.

A partitioned index with indisvalid set to false is equivalent to an
incomplete partition tree, meaning that an invalid partitioned index
does not have indexes defined in all its partitions.  Hence, choosing an
invalid partitioned index can create inconsistent partition index trees,
where the parent attaching to is valid, but its partition may be
invalid.

In the report from Alexander Lakhin, this showed up as an assertion
failure when validating an index.  Without assertions enabled, the
partition index tree would be actually broken, as indisvalid should
be switched to true for a partitioned index once all its partitions are
themselves valid.  With two levels of partitioning, the top partitioned
table used a valid index and was able to link to an invalid index stored
on its partition, itself a partitioned table.

I have studied a few options here (like the possibility to switch
indisvalid to false for the parent), but came down to the conclusion
that we'd better rely on a simple rule: invalid indexes had better never
be chosen, so as the partition attached uses and creates indexes that
the parent expects.  Some regression tests are added to provide some
coverage.  Note that the existing coverage is not impacted.

This is a problem since partitioned indexes exist, so backpatch all the
way down to v11.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/14987634-43c0-0cb3-e075-94d423607e08@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-06-28 15:57:31 +09:00
Michael Paquier f69a7f08fd Fix incorrect error message in libpq_pipeline
One of the tests for the pipeline mode with portal description expects a
non-NULL PQgetResult, but used an incorrect error message on failure,
telling that PQgetResult being NULL was the expected result.

Author: Jelte Fennema
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQTkShHecFF+EZrm94Lbsu2ej569T=bz+PjMbw9Aiioxuw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 14
2023-06-23 17:49:07 +09:00
Nathan Bossart 4dbdb82513 Fix cache lookup hazards introduced by ff9618e82a.
ff9618e82a introduced has_partition_ancestor_privs(), which is used
to check whether a user has MAINTAIN on any partition ancestors.
This involves syscache lookups, and presently this function does
not take any relation locks, so it is likely subject to the same
kind of cache lookup failures that were fixed by 19de0ab23c.

To fix this problem, this commit partially reverts ff9618e82a.
Specifically, it removes the partition-related changes, including
the has_partition_ancestor_privs() function mentioned above.  This
means that MAINTAIN on a partitioned table is no longer sufficient
to perform maintenance commands on its partitions.  This is more
like how privileges for maintenance commands work on supported
versions.  Privileges are checked for each partition, so a command
that flows down to all partitions might refuse to process them
(e.g., if the current user doesn't have MAINTAIN on the partition).

In passing, adjust a few related comments and error messages, and
add a test for the privilege checks for CLUSTER on a partitioned
table.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230613211246.GA219055%40nathanxps13
2023-06-22 15:48:20 -07:00
Jeff Davis f3a01af29b ICU: do not convert locale 'C' to 'en-US-u-va-posix'.
Older versions of ICU canonicalize "C" to "en-US-u-va-posix"; but
starting in ICU version 64, the "C" locale is considered
obsolete. Postgres commit ea1db8ae70 introduced code to always
canonicalize "C" to "en-US-u-va-posix" for consistency and
convenience, but it was deemed too confusing.

This commit removes that code, so that "C" is treated like other ICU
locale names: canonicalization is attempted, and if it fails, the
behavior is controlled by icu_validation_level.

A similar change was previously committed as f7faa9976c, then reverted
due to an ICU-version-dependent test failure. This commit un-reverts
it, omitting the test because we now expect the behavior to depend on
the version of ICU being used.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3a200aca-4672-4b37-fc91-5d198a323503%40eisentraut.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f83f089ee1e9acd5dbbbf3353294d24e1f196e95.camel@j-davis.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/37520ec1ae9591f83132f82dbd625f3fc2d69c16.camel@j-davis.com
2023-06-21 13:18:25 -07:00
Jeff Davis 2535c74b1a initdb: change default --locale-provider back to libc.
Reverts 27b62377b4.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/eff031036baa07f325de29215371a4c9e69d61f3.camel@j-davis.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3353947.1682092131@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-06-21 11:10:03 -07:00
Tom Lane 555b929bbe Avoid Assert failure when processing empty statement in aborted xact.
exec_parse_message() wants to create a cached plan in all cases,
including for empty input.  The empty-input path does not have
a test for being in an aborted transaction, making it possible
that plancache.c will fail due to trying to do database lookups
even though there's no real work to do.

One solution would be to throw an aborted-transaction error in
this path too, but it's not entirely clear whether the lack of
such an error was intentional or whether some clients might be
relying on non-error behavior.  Instead, let's hack plancache.c
so that it treats empty statements with the same logic it
already had for transaction control commands, ensuring that it
can soldier through even in an already-aborted transaction.

Per bug #17983 from Alexander Lakhin.  Back-patch to all
supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17983-da4569fcb878672e@postgresql.org
2023-06-21 11:07:24 -04:00
Michael Paquier 8cca660b0b Disable use of archiving in 009_twophase.pl
This partially reverts 68cb5af, as using archiving to enforce the
rename of the last partial segment of the old timeline at promotion to
use .partial as suffix is impacting the tests when it does switchovers.
As showed by the logs gathered by the CI in the tests that failed, a new
standby may fail to find the WAL segment it needs to follow a promoted
instance with its timeline jump, as it got renamed to .partial.

This problem would manifest as a run timeout with 009_twophase.pl, as
the new standby repeatedly requests a segment from the promoted primary
that it would not find.

Reported-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230621043345.GA787473@nathanxps13
Backpatch-through: 13
2023-06-21 16:16:15 +09:00
Tom Lane 45392626c9 Fix hash join when inner hashkey expressions contain Params.
If the inner-side expressions contain PARAM_EXEC Params, we must
re-hash whenever the values of those Params change.  The executor
mechanism for that exists already, but we failed to invoke it because
finalize_plan() neglected to search the Hash.hashkeys field for
Params.  This allowed a previous scan's hash table to be re-used
when it should not be, leading to rows missing from the join's output.
(I believe incorrectly-included join rows are impossible however,
since checking the real hashclauses would reject false matches.)

This bug is very ancient, dating probably to d24d75ff1 of 7.4.
Sadly, this simple fix depends on the plan representational changes
made by 2abd7ae9b, so it will only work back to v12.  I thought
about trying to make some kind of hack for v11, but I'm leery
of putting code significantly different from what is used in the
newer branches into a nearly-EOL branch.  Seeing that the bug
escaped detection for a full twenty years, problematic cases
must be rare; so I don't feel too awful about leaving v11 as-is.

Per bug #17985 from Zuming Jiang.  Back-patch to v12.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17985-748b66607acd432e@postgresql.org
2023-06-20 17:47:53 -04:00
Tom Lane 3af87736bf Fix another cause of "wrong varnullingrels" planner failures.
I removed the delay_upper_joins mechanism in commit b448f1c8d,
reasoning that it was only needed when we have a single-table
(SELECT ... WHERE) as the immediate RHS child of a left join,
and we could get rid of that by hoisting the WHERE condition into
the parent join's quals.  However that new code missed a case:
we could have "foo LEFT JOIN ((SELECT ... WHERE) LEFT JOIN bar)",
and if the two left joins can be commuted then we now have the
problematic query shape.  We can fix this too easily enough,
by allowing the syntactically-lower left join to pass through
its parent qual location pointer recursively.  That lets
prepjointree.c discard the SELECT by temporarily hoisting the
WHERE condition into the ancestor join's qual.

Per bug #17978 from Zuming Jiang.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17978-12f3d93a55297266@postgresql.org
2023-06-20 11:09:56 -04:00
Tom Lane efeb12ef0b Don't include outer join relids in lateral_relids bitmapsets.
This avoids an assertion failure when outer joins are rearranged
per identity 3.  Listing only the baserels from a PlaceHolderVar's
ph_lateral set should be enough to ensure that the required values
are available when we need to compute the PHV --- it's what we
did before inventing nullingrel sets, after all.  It's a bit
unsatisfying; but with beta2 hard upon us, there's not time to
look for an aesthetically cleaner fix.

Richard Guo and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48Jcw-NvnxT23WiHP324wG44DvzcH1j4hc0Zn+3sR9cfg@mail.gmail.com
2023-06-20 10:29:57 -04:00
Tom Lane 0655c03ef9 Centralize fixups for mismatched nullingrels in nestloop params.
It turns out that the fixes we applied in commits bfd332b3f
and 63e4f13d2 were not nearly enough to solve the problem.
We'd focused narrowly on subquery RTEs with lateral references,
but lateral references can occur in several other RTE kinds
such as function RTEs.  Putting the same hack into half a dozen
code paths seems quite unattractive.  Hence, revert the code changes
(but not the test cases) from those commits and instead solve it
centrally in identify_current_nestloop_params(), as Richard proposed
originally.  This is a bit annoying because it could mask erroneous
nullingrels in nestloop params that are generated from non-LATERAL
parameterized paths; but on balance I don't see a better way.
Maybe at some future time we'll be motivated to find a more rigorous
approach to nestloop params, but that's not happening for beta2.

Richard Guo and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48Jcw-NvnxT23WiHP324wG44DvzcH1j4hc0Zn+3sR9cfg@mail.gmail.com
2023-06-20 10:22:52 -04:00
Tom Lane b334612b8a Pre-beta2 mechanical code beautification.
Run pgindent and pgperltidy.  It seems we're still some ways
away from all committers doing this automatically.  Now that
we have a buildfarm animal that will whine about poorly-indented
code, we'll try to keep the tree more tidy.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3156045.1687208823@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-06-20 09:50:43 -04:00
Jeff Davis 877bf52cff test_extensions: make meson.build consistent with Makefile.
Specify --no-locale and --encoding=UTF8 to be consistent with the
Makefile, which specifies NO_LOCALE=1. Fixes test for some locales
when meson is used and ICU is disabled. May have been an oversight in
e6927270cd.

Also switch argument order in unaccent/meson.build to make it
consistent in style.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABwTF4Wz41pNMJ9q3tpH=6mnvg6aopDU5Lzvers5=6=WJVekww@mail.gmail.com
Author: Gurjeet Singh
Author: Jeff Davis
2023-06-19 18:30:51 -07:00
Michael Paquier 68cb5af46c Enable archiving in recovery TAP test 009_twophase.pl
This is a follow-up of f663b00, that has been committed to v13 and v14,
tweaking the TAP test for two-phase transactions so as it provides
coverage for the bug that has been fixed.  This change is done in its
own commit for clarity, as v15 and HEAD did not show the problematic
behavior, still missed coverage for it.

While on it, this adds a comment about the dependency of the last
partial segment rename and RecoverPreparedTransactions() at the end of
recovery, as that can be easy to miss.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/743b9b45a2d4013bd90b6a5cba8d6faeb717ee34.camel@cybertec.at
Backpatch-through: 13
2023-06-20 10:25:27 +09:00
Jeff Davis 797f980364 pg_regress: for --no-locale, use LOCALE='C'.
Instead of specifying LC_COLLATE='C' and LC_CTYPE='C', specify
LOCALE='C' which will also affect ICU. This makes pg_regress
consistent with recent changes to initdb in commit a14e75eb0b.

Fixes buildfarm failure.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2458565.1686953169@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-06-19 11:51:22 -07:00
David Rowley 7fcd7ef2a9 Don't use partial unique indexes for unique proofs in the planner
Here we adjust relation_has_unique_index_for() so that it no longer makes
use of partial unique indexes as uniqueness proofs.  It is incorrect to
use these as the predicates used by check_index_predicates() to set
predOK makes use of not only baserestrictinfo quals as proofs, but also
qual from join conditions.  For relation_has_unique_index_for()'s case, we
need to know the relation is unique for a given set of columns before any
joins are evaluated, so if predOK was only set to true due to some join
qual, then it's unsafe to use such indexes in
relation_has_unique_index_for().  The final plan may not even make use
of that index, which could result in reading tuples that are not as
unique as the planner previously expected them to be.

Bug: #17975
Reported-by: Tor Erik Linnerud
Backpatch-through: 11, all supported versions
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17975-98a90c156f25c952%40postgresql.org
2023-06-19 13:00:42 +12:00
Jeff Davis a14e75eb0b CREATE DATABASE: make LOCALE apply to all collation providers.
For CREATE DATABASE, make LOCALE parameter apply regardless of the
provider used. Also affects initdb and createdb --locale arguments.

Previously, LOCALE (and --locale) only affected the database default
collation when using the libc provider.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1a63084d-221e-4075-619e-6b3e590f673e@enterprisedb.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
2023-06-16 10:27:32 -07:00
Tom Lane f4c00d138f When removing a left join, clean out references in EquivalenceClasses.
Since commit b448f1c8d, we've been able to remove left joins
(that are otherwise removable) even when they are underneath
other left joins, a case that was previously prevented by a
delay_upper_joins check.  This is a clear improvement, but
it has a surprising side-effect: it's now possible that there
are EquivalenceClasses whose relid sets mention the removed
baserel and/or outer join.  If we fail to clean those up,
we may drop essential join quals due to not having any join
level that appears to satisfy their relid sets.

(It's not quite 100% clear that this was impossible before.
But the lack of complaints since we added join removal a dozen
years ago strongly suggests that it was impossible.)

Richard Guo and Tom Lane, per bug #17976 from Zuming Jiang

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17976-4b638b525e9a983b@postgresql.org
2023-06-15 15:24:50 -04:00
Michael Paquier ac68323a87 Add missing subscription TAP test for meson
033_run_as_table_owner was missing from the list of subscription tests
to run under meson, so add it.

Oversight in 4826759.

Author: Hayato Kuroda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB58668F4D85A9A122A158F442F55BA@TYAPR01MB5866.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2023-06-15 17:27:21 +09:00
Tom Lane 63e4f13d2a Fix "wrong varnullingrels" for Memoize's lateral references, too.
The issue fixed in commit bfd332b3f can also bite Memoize plans,
because of the separate copies of lateral reference Vars made
by paraminfo_get_equal_hashops.  Apply the same hacky fix there.

(In passing, clean up shaky grammar in the existing comments
for this function.)

Richard Guo

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-krwk0Wbd6WdufMAupuou_Ua73ijQ4XQCr1Mb5BaVtKQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-06-13 18:01:33 -04:00
Tom Lane 792213f2e9 Correctly update hasSubLinks while mutating a rule action.
rewriteRuleAction neglected to check for SubLink nodes in the
securityQuals of range table entries.  This could lead to failing
to convert such a SubLink to a SubPlan, resulting in assertion
crashes or weird errors later in planning.

In passing, fix some poor coding in rewriteTargetView:
we should not pass the source parsetree's hasSubLinks
field to ReplaceVarsFromTargetList's outer_hasSubLinks.
ReplaceVarsFromTargetList knows enough to ignore that
when a Query node is passed, but it's still confusing
and bad precedent: if we did try to update that flag
we'd be updating a stale copy of the parsetree.

Per bug #17972 from Alexander Lakhin.  This has been broken since
we added RangeTblEntry.securityQuals (although the presented test
case only fails back to 215b43cdc), so back-patch all the way.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17972-f422c094237847d0@postgresql.org
2023-06-13 15:58:43 -04:00
Tom Lane 7398e27224 Accept fractional seconds in jsonpath's datetime() method.
Commit 927d9abb6 purported to make datetime() accept any string
that could be output for a datetime value by to_jsonb().  But it
overlooked the possibility of fractional seconds being present,
so that cases as simple as to_jsonb(now()) would defeat it.

Fix by adding formats that include ".US" to the list in
executeDateTimeMethod().  (Note that while this is nominally
microseconds, it'll do the right thing for fractions with
fewer than six digits.)

In passing, re-order the list to restore the datatype ordering
specified in its comment.  The violation accidentally did not
break anything; but the next edit might be less lucky, so add
more comments.

Per report from Tim Field.  Back-patch to v13 where datetime()
was added, like the previous patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/014A028B-5CE6-4FDF-AC24-426CA6FC9CEE@mohiohio.com
2023-06-12 10:54:44 -04:00
Tom Lane bfd332b3fd Fix "wrong varnullingrels" for subquery nestloop parameters.
If we apply outer join identity 3 when relation C is a subquery
having lateral references to relation B, then the lateral references
within C continue to bear the original syntactically-correct
varnullingrels marks, but that won't match what is available from
the outer side of the nestloop.  Compensate for that in
process_subquery_nestloop_params().  This is a slightly hacky fix,
but we certainly don't want to re-plan C in toto for each possible
outer join order, so there's not a lot of better alternatives.

Richard Guo and Tom Lane, per report from Markus Winand

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DFBB2D25-DE97-49CA-A60E-07C881EA59A7@winand.at
2023-06-12 10:01:26 -04:00
Michael Paquier 3e8da50244 Fix instability in regression test for Parallel Hash Full Join
As reported by buildfarm member conchuela, one of the regression tests
added by 558c9d7 is having some ordering issues.  This commit adds an
ORDER BY clause to make the output more stable for the problematic
query.

Fix suggested by Tom Lane.  The plan of the query updated still uses a
parallel hash full join.

Author: Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/623596.1684541098@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-06-12 12:19:46 +09:00
Jeff Davis 2fcc7ee7af Revert "Fix search_path to a safe value during maintenance operations."
This reverts commit 05e1737351.
2023-06-10 08:11:41 -07:00
Jeff Davis 05e1737351 Fix search_path to a safe value during maintenance operations.
While executing maintenance operations (ANALYZE, CLUSTER, REFRESH
MATERIALIZED VIEW, REINDEX, or VACUUM), set search_path to
'pg_catalog, pg_temp' to prevent inconsistent behavior.

Functions that are used for functional indexes, in index expressions,
or in materialized views and depend on a different search path must be
declared with CREATE FUNCTION ... SET search_path='...'.

This change addresses a security risk introduced in commit 60684dd834,
where a role with MAINTAIN privileges on a table may be able to
escalate privileges to the table owner. That commit is not yet part of
any release, so no need to backpatch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e44327179e5c9015c8dda67351c04da552066017.camel%40j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Greg Stark
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
2023-06-09 11:20:47 -07:00
Michael Paquier 392ea0c78f Refactor routine to find single log content pattern in TAP tests
The same routine to check if a specific pattern can be found in the
server logs was copied over four different test scripts.  This refactors
the whole to use a single routine located in PostgreSQL::Test::Cluster,
named log_contains, to grab the contents of the server logs and check
for a specific pattern.

On HEAD, the code previously used assumed that slurp_file() could not
handle an undefined offset, setting it to zero, but slurp_file() does
do an extra fseek() before retrieving the log contents only if an offset
is defined.  In two places, the test was retrieving the full log
contents with slurp_file() after calling substr() to apply an offset,
ignoring that slurp_file() would be able to handle that.

Backpatch all the way down to ease the introduction of new tests that
could rely on the new routine.

Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan, Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm0YSiLpjCmajwLfidQrFOrLNKPQir7s__PeVvh9U3uoTQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-06-09 11:56:27 +09:00
Masahiko Sawada a83edeaf68 Honor run_as_owner option in tablesync worker.
Commit 482675987 introduced "run_as_owner" subscription option so that
subscription runs with either the permissions of the subscription
owner or the permission of the table owner. However, tablesync workers
did not use this option for the initial data copy.

With this change, tablesync workers run with appropriate permissions
based on "run_as_owner" option.

Ajin Cherian, with changes and regression tests added by me.

Reported-By: Amit Kapila
Author: Ajin Cherian, Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Ajin Cherian, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1L=qzRHPEn+qeMoKQGFBzqGoLBzt_ov0A89iFFiut+ppA@mail.gmail.com
2023-06-09 10:43:03 +09:00
Michael Paquier 26eaf82e71 Refactor log check logic for connect_ok/fails in PostgreSQL::Test::Cluster
This commit refactors a bit the code in charge of checking for log
patterns when connections fail or succeed, by moving the log pattern
checks into their own routine, for clarity.  This has come up as
something to improve while discussing the refactoring of find_in_log().

Backpatch down to 14 where these routines are used, to ease the
introduction of new tests that could rely on them.

Author: Vignesh C, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm0YSiLpjCmajwLfidQrFOrLNKPQir7s__PeVvh9U3uoTQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 14
2023-06-09 09:37:21 +09:00
Tom Lane 9a2dbc614e Fix oversight in outer join removal.
A placeholder that references the outer join's relid in ph_eval_at
is logically "above" the join, and therefore we can't remove its
PlaceHolderInfo: it might still be used somewhere in the query.

This was not an issue pre-v16 because we failed to remove the join
at all in such cases.  The new outer-join-aware-Var infrastructure
permits deducing that it's okay to remove the join, but then we
have to clean up correctly afterwards.

Report and fix by Richard Guo

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_tuVn9EwwMcggGiZJWWstdXX_ci8FeEU17vs+4nLgw3w@mail.gmail.com
2023-06-08 17:10:04 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut b0f6c43716 Remove read-only server settings lc_collate and lc_ctype
The GUC settings lc_collate and lc_ctype are from a time when those
locale settings were cluster-global.  When those locale settings were
made per-database (PG 8.4), the settings were kept as read-only.  As
of PG 15, you can use ICU as the per-database locale provider, so
examining these settings is already less meaningful and possibly
confusing, since you need to look into pg_database to find out what is
really happening, and they would likely become fully obsolete in the
future anyway.

Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis <pgsql@j-davis.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/696054d1-bc88-b6ab-129a-18b8bce6a6f0@enterprisedb.com
2023-06-07 16:57:06 +02:00
Tom Lane 7a844c77ec Fix joinclause removal logic to cope with cloned clauses.
When we're deleting a no-op LEFT JOIN from the query, we must remove
the join's joinclauses from surviving relations' joininfo lists.
The invention of "cloned" clauses in 2489d76c4 broke the logic for
that; it'd fail to remove clones that include OJ relids outside the
doomed join's min relid sets, which could happen if that join was
previously discovered to commute with some other join.

This accidentally failed to cause problems in the majority of cases,
because we'd never decide that such a cloned clause was evaluatable at
any surviving join.  However, Richard Guo discovered a case where that
did happen, leading to "no relation entry for relid" errors later.
Also, adding assertions that a non-removed clause contains no Vars from
the doomed join exposes that there are quite a few existing regression
test cases where the problem happens but is accidentally not exposed.

The fix for this is just to include the target join's commute_above_r
and commute_below_l sets in the relid set we test against when
deciding whether a join clause is "pushed down" and thus not
removable.

While at it, do a little refactoring: the join's relid set can be
computed inside remove_rel_from_query rather than in the caller.

Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_PHrRqTKDNnTRsxxQy6BtYCVKsgXm1_gdN2yQ=kmcO5g@mail.gmail.com
2023-05-26 12:13:19 -04:00
Tom Lane 991a3df227 Fix filtering of "cloned" outer-join quals some more.
We've had multiple issues with the clause_is_computable_at logic that
I introduced in 2489d76c4: it's been known to accept more than one
clone of the same qual at the same plan node, and also to accept no
clones at all.  It's looking impractical to get it 100% right on the
basis of the currently-stored information, so fix it by introducing a
new RestrictInfo field "incompatible_relids" that explicitly shows
which outer joins a given clone mustn't be pushed above.

In principle we could populate this field in every RestrictInfo, but
that would cost space and there doesn't presently seem to be a need
for it in general.  Also, while deconstruct_distribute_oj_quals can
easily fill the field with the remaining members of the commutative
join set that it's considering, computing it in the general case
seems again pretty complicated.  So for now, just fill it for
clone quals.

Along the way, fix a bug that may or may not be only latent:
equivclass.c was generating replacement clauses with is_pushed_down
and has_clone/is_clone markings that didn't match their
required_relids.  This led me to conclude that leaving the clone flags
out of make_restrictinfo's purview wasn't such a great idea after all,
so add them.

Per report from Richard Guo.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48EYi_9-pSd0ORes1kTmTeAjT4Q3gu49hJtYCbSn2JyeA@mail.gmail.com
2023-05-25 10:28:33 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut f40177c904 Add newline at end of file 2023-05-23 15:18:06 +02:00
Tom Lane 1f9f6aa491 Spell the values of libpq's gssdelegation parameter as "0" and "1".
That's how other boolean options are handled, so do likewise.
The previous coding with "enable" and "disable" was seemingly
modeled on gssencmode, but that's a three-way flag.

While at it, add PGGSSDELEGATION to the set of environment
variables cleared by pg_regress and Utils.pm.

Abhijit Menon-Sen, per gripe from Alvaro Herrera

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230522091609.nlyuu4nolhycqs2p@alvherre.pgsql
2023-05-22 11:50:27 -04:00
Tom Lane b9c755a2f6 In clause_is_computable_at(), test required_relids for clone clauses.
Use the clause's required_relids not clause_relids for testing
whether it is computable at the current join level, if it is a
clone clause generated by deconstruct_distribute_oj_quals().

Arguably, this is more correct and we should do it for all clauses;
that would at least remove the handwavy claim that we are doing
it to save cycles compared to inspecting Vars individually.
However, attempting to do that exposes that we are not being careful
to compute an accurate value for required_relids in all cases.
I'm unsure whether it's a good idea to attempt to do that for v16,
or leave it as future clean-up.  In the meantime, this quick hack
demonstrably fixes some cases, so let's squeeze it in for beta1.

Patch by me, but great thanks to Richard Guo for investigation
and testing.  The new test cases are all modeled on his examples.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-_vwkBij4XOQ5ukxUvLgwTm0kS5_DO9CicUeKbEfKjUw@mail.gmail.com
2023-05-21 15:25:52 -04:00
Tom Lane a2eb99a01e Expand some more uses of "deleg" to "delegation" or "delegated".
Complete the task begun in 9c0a0e2ed: we don't want to use the
abbreviation "deleg" for GSS delegation in any user-visible places.
(For consistency, this also changes most internal uses too.)

Abhijit Menon-Sen and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/949048.1684639317@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-05-21 10:55:18 -04:00
Nathan Bossart f4001a5537 Fix remaining references to gss_accept_deleg.
These were missed in 9c0a0e2ed9.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230521031757.GA3835667%40nathanxps13
2023-05-20 20:32:56 -07:00
Tom Lane 0245f8db36 Pre-beta mechanical code beautification.
Run pgindent, pgperltidy, and reformat-dat-files.

This set of diffs is a bit larger than typical.  We've updated to
pg_bsd_indent 2.1.2, which properly indents variable declarations that
have multi-line initialization expressions (the continuation lines are
now indented one tab stop).  We've also updated to perltidy version
20230309 and changed some of its settings, which reduces its desire to
add whitespace to lines to make assignments etc. line up.  Going
forward, that should make for fewer random-seeming changes to existing
code.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230428092545.qfb3y5wcu4cm75ur@alvherre.pgsql
2023-05-19 17:24:48 -04:00
Tom Lane d0f952691f Fix thinko in join removal.
In commit 9df8f903e I (tgl) switched join_is_removable() from
using the min relid sets of the join under consideration to
using its full syntactic relid sets.  This was a mistake,
as it allowed join removal in cases where a reference to the
join output would survive in some syntactically-lower join
condition.  Revert to the former coding.

Richard Guo

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-EU9uBGSP7G-iTwLBhRQ=rnZKvFDhD+n+xhajokyPCKg@mail.gmail.com
2023-05-19 15:24:07 -04:00
Tom Lane 70b42f2790 Fix misbehavior of EvalPlanQual checks with multiple result relations.
The idea of EvalPlanQual is that we replace the query's scan of the
result relation with a single injected tuple, and see if we get a
tuple out, thereby implying that the injected tuple still passes the
query quals.  (In join cases, other relations in the query are still
scanned normally.)  This logic was not updated when commit 86dc90056
made it possible for a single DML query plan to have multiple result
relations, when the query target relation has inheritance or partition
children.  We replaced the output for the current result relation
successfully, but other result relations were still scanned normally;
thus, if any other result relation contained a tuple satisfying the
quals, we'd think the EPQ check passed, even if it did not pass for
the injected tuple itself.  This would lead to update or delete
actions getting performed when they should have been skipped due to
a conflicting concurrent update in READ COMMITTED isolation mode.

Fix by blocking all sibling result relations from emitting tuples
during an EvalPlanQual recheck.  In the back branches, the fix is
complicated a bit by the need to not change the size of struct
EPQState (else we'd have ABI-breaking changes in offsets in
struct ModifyTableState).  Like the back-patches of 3f7836ff6
and 4b3e37993, add a separately palloc'd struct to avoid that.
The logic is the same as in HEAD otherwise.

This is only a live bug back to v14 where 86dc90056 came in.
However, I chose to back-patch the test cases further, on the
grounds that this whole area is none too well tested.  I skipped
doing so in v11 though because none of the test applied cleanly,
and it didn't quite seem worth extra work for a branch with only
six months to live.

Per report from Ante Krešić (via Aleksander Alekseev)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TMBTN3rcz4=AjYhLPD_w3FFT0Wq_C15jxCDn8U4tZnH1g@mail.gmail.com
2023-05-19 14:26:40 -04:00
Tom Lane b973f93b6c Avoid naming conflict between transactions.sql and namespace.sql.
Commits 681d9e462 et al added a test case in namespace.sql that
implicitly relied on there not being a table "public.abc".
However, the concurrently-run transactions.sql test creates precisely
such a table, so with the right timing you'd get a failure.
Creating a table named as generically as "abc" in a common schema
seems like bad practice, so fix this by changing the name of
transactions.sql's table.  (Compare 2cf8c7aa4.)

Marina Polyakova

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/80d0201636665d82185942e7112257b4@postgrespro.ru
2023-05-19 10:57:46 -04:00
Tomas Vondra 428c0cae92 Show empty BRIN ranges in brin_page_items
Commit 3581cbdcd6 added a flag to identify empty BRIN ranges. This adds
the new flag to brin_page_items() output.

This is kept as a separate commit as it should not be backpatched.

Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Matthias van de Meent, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/402430e4-7d9d-6cf1-09ef-464d80afff3b@enterprisedb.com
2023-05-19 02:00:21 +02:00
Tomas Vondra 3581cbdcd6 Fix handling of empty ranges and NULLs in BRIN
BRIN indexes did not properly distinguish between summaries for empty
(no rows) and all-NULL ranges, treating them as essentially the same
thing. Summaries were initialized with allnulls=true, and opclasses
simply reset allnulls to false when processing the first non-NULL value.
This however produces incorrect results if the range starts with a NULL
value (or a sequence of NULL values), in which case we forget the range
contains NULL values when adding the first non-NULL value.

This happens because the allnulls flag is used for two separate
purposes - to mark empty ranges (not representing any rows yet) and
ranges containing only NULL values.

Opclasses don't know which of these cases it is, and so don't know
whether to set hasnulls=true. Setting the flag in both cases would make
it correct, but it would also make BRIN indexes useless for queries with
IS NULL clauses. All ranges start empty (and thus allnulls=true), so all
ranges would end up with either allnulls=true or hasnulls=true.

The severity of the issue is somewhat reduced by the fact that it only
happens when adding values to an existing summary with allnulls=true.
This can happen e.g. for small tables (because a summary for the first
range exists for all BRIN indexes), or for tables with large fraction of
NULL values in the indexed columns.

Bulk summarization (e.g. during CREATE INDEX or automatic summarization)
that processes all values at once is not affected by this issue. In this
case the flags were updated in a slightly different way, not forgetting
the NULL values.

To identify empty ranges we use a new flag, stored in an unused bit in
the BRIN tuple header so the on-disk format remains the same. A matching
flag is added to BrinMemTuple, into a 3B gap after bt_placeholder.
That means there's no risk of ABI breakage, although we don't actually
pass the BrinMemTuple to any public API.

We could also skip storing index tuples for empty summaries, but then
we'd have to always process such ranges - even if there are no rows in
large parts of the table (e.g. after a bulk DELETE), it would still
require reading the pages etc. So we store them, but ignore them when
building the bitmap.

Backpatch to 11. The issue exists since BRIN indexes were introduced in
9.5, but older releases are already EOL.

Backpatch-through: 11
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Matthias van de Meent, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/402430e4-7d9d-6cf1-09ef-464d80afff3b@enterprisedb.com
2023-05-19 01:29:44 +02:00
Jeff Davis 6de31ce446 Reduce icu_validation_level default to WARNING.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/daa9f060aa2349ebc84444515efece49e7b32c5d.camel@j-davis.com
2023-05-17 13:18:40 -07:00
Andres Freund 093e5c57d5 Add writeback to pg_stat_io
28e626bde0 added the concept of IOOps but neglected to include writeback
operations. ac8d53dae5 added time spent doing these I/O operations. Without
counting writeback, checkpointer write time in the log often differed
substantially from that in pg_stat_io. To fix this, add IOOp IOOP_WRITEBACK
and track writeback in pg_stat_io.

Bumps catversion.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230419172326.dhgyo4wrrhulovt6%40awork3.anarazel.de
2023-05-17 11:18:35 -07:00
Andres Freund 322875597c Use BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT to reduce needed test table size
Using the minimum BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT value, we can make one of the pg_stat_io
test tables smaller while still causing reuses.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_acc6iL4M3hvOTeztf_ZPpsB3Pqio5aVHgZ5q=Pi3BZKg@mail.gmail.com
2023-05-17 11:17:41 -07:00
Alexander Korotkov b9a7a82272 Revert "Add USER SET parameter values for pg_db_role_setting"
This reverts commit 096dd80f3c and its fixups beecbe8e50, afdd9f7f0e,
529da086ba, db93e739ac.

Catversion is bumped.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d46f9265-ff3c-6743-2278-6772598233c2%40pgmasters.net
2023-05-17 20:28:57 +03:00
Tom Lane 9df8f903eb Fix some issues with improper placement of outer join clauses.
After applying outer-join identity 3 in the forward direction,
it was possible for the planner to mistakenly apply a qual clause
from above the two outer joins at the now-lower join level.
This can give the wrong answer, since a value that would get nulled
by the now-upper join might not yet be null.

To fix, when we perform such a transformation, consider that the
now-lower join hasn't really completed the outer join it's nominally
responsible for and thus its relid set should not include that OJ's
relid (nor should its output Vars have that nullingrel bit set).
Instead we add those bits when the now-upper join is performed.
The existing rules for qual placement then suffice to prevent
higher qual clauses from dropping below the now-upper join.
There are a few complications from needing to consider transitive
closures in case multiple pushdowns have happened, but all in all
it's not a very complex patch.

This is all new logic (from 2489d76c4) so no need to back-patch.
The added test cases all have the same results as in v15.

Tom Lane and Richard Guo

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0b819232-4b50-f245-1c7d-c8c61bf41827@postgrespro.ru
2023-05-17 11:14:04 -04:00
Michael Paquier d8c3106bb6 Add back SQLValueFunction for SQL keywords
This is equivalent to a revert of f193883 and fb32748, with the addition
that the declaration of the SQLValueFunction node needs to gain a couple
of node_attr for query jumbling.  The performance impact of removing the
function call inlining is proving to be too huge for some workloads
where these are used.  A worst-case test case of involving only simple
SELECT queries with a SQL keyword is proving to lead to a reduction of
10% in TPS via pgbench and prepared queries on a high-end machine.

None of the tests I ran back for this set of changes saw such a huge
gap, but Alexander Lakhin and Andres Freund have found that this can be
noticeable.  Keeping the older performance would mean to do more
inlining in the executor when using COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX for a function
expression, similarly to what SQLValueFunction does.  This requires more
redesign work and there is little time until 16beta1 is released, so for
now reverting the change is the best way forward, bringing back the
previous performance.

Bump catalog version.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b32bed1b-0746-9b20-1472-4bdc9ca66d52@gmail.com
2023-05-17 10:19:17 +09:00
Daniel Gustafsson 8cb94344c3 Fix reported runtime for single tests in pg_regress
Commit 558fff0adf got the order of the parameters to test_status_failed
mixed up which resulted in the runtime being reported as 0 ms.  Fix by
changing the order to the correct one.  No backpatching is needed since
this has not been shipped in a release yet.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0134C9EC-5F6B-4EAC-B2D5-BB4249BEBD4D@yesql.se
2023-05-16 10:49:48 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut c91f356083 libpq: Error message improvement 2023-05-16 08:59:34 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 489b5409e4 psql: Adjust capitalization of table heading
for consistency with surrounding headings
2023-05-16 06:13:59 +02:00
Thomas Munro 319bae9a8d Rename io_direct to debug_io_direct.
Give the new GUC introduced by d4e71df6 a name that is clearly not
intended for mainstream use quite yet.

Future proposals would drop the prefix only after adding infrastructure
to make it efficient.  Having the switch in the tree sooner is good
because it might lead to new discoveries about the hazards awaiting us
on a wide range of systems, but that name was too enticing and could
lead to cross-version confusion in future, per complaints from Noah and
Justin.

Suggested-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com> (the idea, not the patch)
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> (ditto)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230430041106.GA2268796%40rfd.leadboat.com
2023-05-15 10:31:14 +12:00
Nathan Bossart 4d5105a684 Improve error message for pg_create_subscription.
c3afe8cf5a updated this error message, but it didn't use the new
style established in de4d456b40.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230512203721.GA2644063%40nathanxps13.home
2023-05-12 14:16:56 -07:00
Tom Lane c8b881d21f Undo faulty attempt at not relying on RINFO_IS_PUSHED_DOWN.
I've had a bee in my bonnet for some time about getting rid of
RestrictInfo.is_pushed_down, because it's squishily defined and
requires not-inexpensive extra tests to use (cf RINFO_IS_PUSHED_DOWN).
In commit 2489d76c4, I tried to make remove_rel_from_query() not
depend on that macro; but the replacement test is buggy,
as exposed by a report from Rushabh Lathia and Robert Haas.
That change was pretty incidental to the main goal of 2489d76c4,
so let's just revert it for now.  (Getting rid of is_pushed_down
is still far away, anyway.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYco=hmg+iX1CW9Y1_CzNoSL81J03wUG-d2_3=rue+L2A@mail.gmail.com
2023-05-11 13:44:25 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera c39f2f68e9
Fix publication syntax error message
There was some odd wording in corner-case gram.y error messages "some
error ... at or near", which appears to have been modeled after "syntax
error" messages.  However, they don't work that way, and they're just
wrong.  They're also uncovered by tests.  Remove the trailing words,
and also add tests.

They were introduced with 5a2832465fd8; backpatch to 15.

Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
2023-05-10 18:26:10 +02:00
Michael Paquier 605994651b Fix assertion failure when updating stats_fetch_consistency in a transaction
An update of the GUC stats_fetch_consistency in a transaction would be
able to trigger an assertion when doing cache->snapshot.  In this case,
when retrieving a pgstat entry after the switch, a new snapshot would be
rebuilt, confusing pgstat_build_snapshot() because a snapshot is already
cached with an unexpected mode ("cache").

In order to fix this problem, this commit adds a flag to force a
snapshot clear each time this GUC is changed.  Some tests are added to
check, while on it.

Some optimizations in avoiding the snapshot clear should be possible
depending on what is cached and the current GUC value, I guess, but this
solution is simple, and ensures that the state of the cache is updated
each time a new pgstat entry is fetched, hence being consistent with the
level wanted by the client that has set the GUC.

Note that cache->none and snapshot->none would not cause issues, as
fetching a pgstat entry would be retrieved from shared memory on the
second attempt, however a snapshot would still be cached.  Similarly,
none->snapshot and none->cache would build a new snapshot on the second
fetch attempt.  Finally, snapshot->cache would cache a new snapshot on
the second attempt.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17804-2a118cd046f2d0e5@postgresql.org
backpatch-through: 15
2023-05-10 11:24:30 +09:00
Amit Kapila c5b7f67fcc Fix the race condition in the test case added by commit a6e04b1d20.
The commit a6e04b1d20 added a test to ensure that the invalidated logical
slots don't retain WAL. The test was ensuring that the checkpoint removes
the WAL files corresponding to invalidated logical slots on the standby
node but missed the point that the standby node also had a physical slot
which led to the prevention of WAL file removal. Move the creation of
physical slot on the standby and initialization of cascading standby closer
to the test case that actually required it so that other tests don't get
affected by the presence of the physical slot on standby.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2fefa454-5a70-2174-ddbf-4a0e41537139@gmail.com
2023-05-09 14:25:33 +05:30
Jeff Davis 455f948b0d Revert "ICU: do not convert locale 'C' to 'en-US-u-va-posix'."
This reverts commit f7faa9976c.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/483826.1683582475@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-05-08 20:50:51 -07:00
Jeff Davis f7faa9976c ICU: do not convert locale 'C' to 'en-US-u-va-posix'.
The conversion was intended to be for convenience, but it's more
likely to be confusing than useful.

The user can still directly specify 'en-US-u-va-posix' if desired.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f83f089ee1e9acd5dbbbf3353294d24e1f196e95.camel@j-davis.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/37520ec1ae9591f83132f82dbd625f3fc2d69c16.camel@j-davis.com
2023-05-08 10:34:51 -07:00
Tom Lane ca73753b09 Handle RLS dependencies in inlined set-returning functions properly.
If an SRF in the FROM clause references a table having row-level
security policies, and we inline that SRF into the calling query,
we neglected to mark the plan as potentially dependent on which
role is executing it.  This could lead to later executions in the
same session returning or hiding rows that should have been hidden
or returned instead.

Our thanks to Wolfgang Walther for reporting this problem.

Stephen Frost and Tom Lane

Security: CVE-2023-2455
2023-05-08 10:12:44 -04:00
Noah Misch 681d9e4621 Replace last PushOverrideSearchPath() call with set_config_option().
The two methods don't cooperate, so set_config_option("search_path",
...) has been ineffective under non-empty overrideStack.  This defect
enabled an attacker having database-level CREATE privilege to execute
arbitrary code as the bootstrap superuser.  While that particular attack
requires v13+ for the trusted extension attribute, other attacks are
feasible in all supported versions.

Standardize on the combination of NewGUCNestLevel() and
set_config_option("search_path", ...).  It is newer than
PushOverrideSearchPath(), more-prevalent, and has no known
disadvantages.  The "override" mechanism remains for now, for
compatibility with out-of-tree code.  Users should update such code,
which likely suffers from the same sort of vulnerability closed here.
Back-patch to v11 (all supported versions).

Alexander Lakhin.  Reported by Alexander Lakhin.

Security: CVE-2023-2454
2023-05-08 06:14:07 -07:00
Tom Lane 41e2c52fd6 Add ruleutils support for decompiling MERGE commands.
This was overlooked when MERGE was added, but it's essential
support for MERGE in new-style SQL functions.

Alvaro Herrera

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3579737.1683293801@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-05-07 11:01:15 -04:00
Amit Kapila a6e04b1d20 Test that invalidated logical slots doesn't retain WAL.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Shi yu, Amit Kapila, Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2fefa454-5a70-2174-ddbf-4a0e41537139@gmail.com
2023-05-04 08:33:56 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut 7039c7cff6 Add missing uninstallation rule for BackgroundPsql.pm
Commit a4c17c8617 added in the install rule but not the uninstall
rule.
2023-05-02 09:41:03 +02:00
Michael Paquier 8961cb9a03 Fix typos in comments
The changes done in this commit impact comments with no direct
user-visible changes, with fixes for incorrect function, variable or
structure names.

Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e8c38840-596a-83d6-bd8d-cebc51111572@gmail.com
2023-05-02 12:23:08 +09:00
Michael Paquier 4dadd660f0 Fix crashes with CREATE SCHEMA AUTHORIZATION and schema elements
CREATE SCHEMA AUTHORIZATION with appended schema elements can lead to
crashes when comparing the schema name of the query with the schemas
used in the qualification of some clauses in the elements' queries.

The origin of the problem is that the transformation routine for the
elements listed in a CREATE SCHEMA query uses as new, expected, schema
name the one listed in CreateSchemaStmt itself.  However, depending on
the query, CreateSchemaStmt.schemaname may be NULL, being computed
instead from the role specification of the query given by the
AUTHORIZATION clause, that could be either:
- A user name string, with the new schema name being set to the same
value as the role given.
- Guessed from CURRENT_ROLE, SESSION_ROLE or CURRENT_ROLE, with a new
schema name computed from the security context where CREATE SCHEMA is
running.

Regression tests are added for CREATE SCHEMA with some appended elements
(some of them with schema qualifications), covering also some role
specification patterns.

While on it, this simplifies the context structure used during the
transformation of the elements listed in a CREATE SCHEMA query by
removing the fields for the role specification and the role type.  They
were not used, and for the role specification this could be confusing as
the schema name may by extracted from that at the beginning of
CreateSchemaCommand().

This issue exists for a long time, so backpatch down to all the versions
supported.

Reported-by: Song Hongyu
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17909-f65c12dfc5f0451d@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-04-28 19:29:12 +09:00
Amit Kapila 4d26d93ff7 Improve one of the test cases in 035_standby_logical_decoding.pl.
The test to ensure that decoding changes via logical slot from another
database will fail was incorrectly done on the primary node instead of on
the standby node.

In the passing, make the test to wait for replay catchup by using
wait_for_replay_catchup(). This will make it consistent with the way we
wait at other places in the test.

Author: Shi yu
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSZPR01MB6310B0A507A0F2A2D379F38CFD6A9@OSZPR01MB6310.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2023-04-28 08:45:19 +05:30
Amit Kapila 376dc82053 Add a test to verify that subscription to the standby works.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, Alvaro Herrera, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2fefa454-5a70-2174-ddbf-4a0e41537139@gmail.com
2023-04-27 14:22:53 +05:30
Daniel Gustafsson a4c17c8617 Fix missing installation rules for BackgroundPsql.pm
Commit 664d75753 added the BackgroundPsql module with helper functions
for tests running interactive or background psql tasks. The new module
was however not added to the install rules of the build systems.

Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c0ba3008-dbc8-e53f-29f2-2e9abe72b2a2@enterprisedb.com
2023-04-26 11:40:01 +02:00
Amit Kapila 3034dc56ef Reduce the log level in 035_standby_logical_decoding.pl.
Reduce the log level in 035_standby_logical_decoding.pl as the test
doesn't require the higher log level. This helps to shrink the output size
and speed up the test a bit.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2fefa454-5a70-2174-ddbf-4a0e41537139@gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/523315.1681245505@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-04-25 08:33:09 +05:30
Amit Kapila 19e65dff38 Display 'password_required' option for \dRs+ command.
The commit c3afe8cf5a added a new subscription option 'password_required'
which should be shown with \dRs+ command.

Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LRz5sCZxwCW6OtpjLtWPvRwBihQOM4jzQm6ppfpexqGA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9DFC88D3-1300-4DE8-ACBC-4CEF84399A53@enterprisedb.com
2023-04-24 08:37:58 +05:30
Daniel Gustafsson 60ce452729 Make libpq error messages consistent for translation
The errormessage for an incorrect require_auth method wasn't using the
common "invalid %s value" errormessage which lessens the burden on our
translators.  Fix by changing to that format to make use of existing
translations and to make error messages consistent in wording.

Reported and fixed by Gurjeet Singh with some tweaking by myself.

Author: Gurjeet Singh <gurjeet@singh.im>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABwTF4Xu3g9zohJ9obu8m7MKbf8g63NgpRDjwqPHQgAtB+Gb8Q@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-21 10:23:38 +02:00
David Rowley 84e05beb11 Remove unused global variable
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d5f68d19-c0fc-91a9-118d-7c6a5a3f5fad@gmail.com
2023-04-21 11:41:58 +12:00
Michael Paquier 0ecb87e1fa Remove io prefix from pg_stat_io columns
a9c70b46 added the statistics view pg_stat_io which contained columns
"io_context" and "io_object".  Given that the columns are in the
pg_stat_io view, the "io" prefix is somewhat redundant, so remove it.

The code variables referring to these fields are kept unchanged so as
they can keep their context about I/O.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_aAQoJWrvT2BYYQvJChFKra_O-5ra3jhzKJZqWsTR1CPQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-21 07:21:50 +09:00
Daniel Gustafsson 0b5d1fb36a Fix errormessage for missing system CA in OpenSSL 3.1
The error message for a missing or invalid system CA when using
sslrootcert=system differs based on the OpenSSL version used.

In OpenSSL 1.0.1-3.0 it is reported as SSL Error, with varying
degrees of helpfulness in the error message. With OpenSSL 3.1 it
is reported as an SSL SYSCALL error with "Undefined error" as
the error message. This fix pulls out the particular error in
OpenSSL 3.1 as a certificate verify error in order to help the
user better figure out what happened, and to keep the ssl test
working. While there is no evidence that extracing the errors
will clobber errno, this adds a guard against that regardless
to also make the consistent with how we handle OpenSSL errors
elsewhere. It also memorizes the output from OpenSSL 3.0 in
the test in cases where the system CA isn't responding.

Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c39be3c5-c1a5-1e33-1024-16f527e251a4@enterprisedb.com
2023-04-19 12:54:58 +02:00
David Rowley 3f58a4e296 Fix various typos and incorrect/outdated name references
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/699beab4-a6ca-92c9-f152-f559caf6dc25@gmail.com
2023-04-19 13:50:33 +12:00
Tom Lane b124104e73 Fix Utils.pm's locale-munging so that Perl itself is also affected.
Utils.pm has a BEGIN block that editorializes on the locale-related
environment variables, primarily in order to stabilize the behavior
of child programs.  It turns out that if the calling test script
has already done "use locale", this fails to affect the behavior
of Perl itself, causing locale behavior to be different between
Perl and child programs.  That breaks commit cd82e5c79's attempt
to deal with locale-specific behavior in psql.

To fix, we just need to call setlocale() to redo the calculation
of locale.

Per report from Aleksander Alekseev.  No back-patch for now, since
there are no locale-dependent TAP tests in prior branches, and
I'm not yet convinced that this won't have side-effects of its own.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TO9KpYYxoVVseWEQB5KtjWDkt8NfyAeKPcHoe2Jq+ykpw@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-18 13:31:46 -04:00
David Rowley eef231e816 Fix some typos and some incorrectly duplicated words
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZD3D1QxoccnN8A1V@telsasoft.com
2023-04-18 14:03:49 +12:00
David Rowley b4dbf3e924 Fix various typos
This fixes many spelling mistakes in comments, but a few references to
invalid parameter names, function names and option names too in comments
and also some in string constants

Also, fix an #undef that was undefining the incorrect definition

Author: Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d5f68d19-c0fc-91a9-118d-7c6a5a3f5fad@gmail.com
2023-04-18 13:23:23 +12:00
Tom Lane 78d5952dd0 Ensure result of an aggregate's finalfunc is made read-only.
The finalfunc might return a read-write expanded object.  If we
de-duplicate multiple call sites for the aggregate, any function(s)
receiving the aggregate result earlier could alter or destroy the
value that reaches the ones called later.  This is a brown-paper-bag
bug in commit 42b746d4c, because we actually considered the need
for read-only-ness but failed to realize that it applied to the case
with a finalfunc as well as the case without.

Per report from Justin Pryzby.  New error in HEAD,
no need for back-patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDm5TuKsh3tzoEjz@telsasoft.com
2023-04-16 14:16:40 -04:00
Tom Lane 064eb89e83 Fix assignment to array of domain over composite, redux.
Commit 3e310d837 taught isAssignmentIndirectionExpr() to look through
CoerceToDomain nodes.  That's not sufficient, because since commit
04fe805a1 it's been possible for the planner to simplify
CoerceToDomain to RelabelType when the domain has no constraints
to enforce.  So we need to look through RelabelType too.

Per bug #17897 from Alexander Lakhin.  Although 3e310d837 was
back-patched to v11, it seems sufficient to apply this change
to v12 and later, since 04fe805a1 came in in v12.

Dmitry Dolgov

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17897-4216c546c3874044@postgresql.org
2023-04-15 12:01:39 -04:00
Andres Freund 43a33ef54e Support RBM_ZERO_AND_CLEANUP_LOCK in ExtendBufferedRelTo(), add tests
For some reason I had not implemented RBM_ZERO_AND_CLEANUP_LOCK support in
ExtendBufferedRelTo(), likely thinking it not being reachable. But it is
reachable, e.g. when replaying a WAL record for a page in a relation that
subsequently is truncated (likely only reachable when doing crash recovery or
PITR, not during ongoing streaming replication).

As now all of the RBM_* modes are supported, remove assertions checking mode.

As we had no test coverage for this scenario, add a new TAP test. There's
plenty more that ought to be tested in this area...

Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/392271.1681238924%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0b5eb82b-cb99-e0a4-b932-3dc60e2e3926@gmail.com
2023-04-14 11:30:33 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut 12829058c4 Fix whitespace 2023-04-14 10:04:57 +02:00
David Rowley e0693faf79 Fix incorrect partition pruning logic for boolean partitioned tables
The partition pruning logic assumed that "b IS NOT true" was exactly the
same as "b IS FALSE".  This is not the case when considering NULL values.
Fix this so we correctly include any partition which could hold NULL
values for the NOT case.

Additionally, this fixes a bug in the partition pruning code which handles
partitioned tables partitioned like ((NOT boolcol)).  This is a seemingly
unlikely schema design, and it was untested and also broken.

Here we add tests for the ((NOT boolcol)) case and insert some actual data
into those tables and verify we do get the correct rows back when running
queries.  I've also adjusted the existing boolpart tests to include some
data and verify we get the correct results too.

Both the bugs being fixed here could lead to incorrect query results with
fewer rows being returned than expected.  No additional rows could have
been returned accidentally.

In passing, remove needless ternary expression.  It's more simple just to
pass !is_not_clause to makeBoolConst().  It makes sense to do this so the
code is consistent with the bug fix in the "else if" condition just below.

David Kimura did submit a patch to fix the first of the issues here, but
that's not what's being committed here.

Reported-by: David Kimura
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo, David Kimura
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHnPFjQ5qxs6J_p+g8=ww7GQvfn71_JE+Tygj0S7RdRci1uwPw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11, all supported versions
2023-04-14 16:20:27 +12:00
Thomas Munro 558c9d75fe Fix PHJ match bit initialization.
Hash join tuples reuse the HOT status bit to indicate match status
during hash join execution. Correct reuse requires clearing the bit in
all tuples. Serial hash join and parallel multi-batch hash join do so
upon inserting the tuple into the hashtable. Single batch parallel hash
join and batch 0 of unexpected multi-batch hash joins forgot to do this.

It hadn't come up before because hashtable tuple match bits are only
used for right and full outer joins and parallel ROJ and FOJ were
unsupported. 11c2d6fdf5 introduced support for parallel ROJ/FOJ but
neglected to ensure the match bits were reset.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Richard Guo <guofenglinux@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAMbWs48Nde1Mv%3DBJv6_vXmRKHMuHZm2Q_g4F6Z3_pn%2B3EV6BGQ%40mail.gmail.com
2023-04-14 11:02:38 +12:00
Peter Geoghegan d6f0f95a6b Harmonize some more function parameter names.
Make sure that function declarations use names that exactly match the
corresponding names from function definitions in a few places.  These
inconsistencies were all introduced relatively recently, after the code
base had parameter name mismatches fixed in bulk (see commits starting
with commits 4274dc22 and 035ce1fe).

pg_bsd_indent still has a couple of similar inconsistencies, which I
(pgeoghegan) have left untouched for now.

Like all earlier commits that cleaned up function parameter names, this
commit was written with help from clang-tidy.
2023-04-13 10:15:20 -07:00
Stephen Frost 6633cfb216 De-Revert "Add support for Kerberos credential delegation"
This reverts commit 3d03b24c3 (Revert Add support for Kerberos
credential delegation) which was committed on the grounds of concern
about portability, but on further review and discussion, it's clear that
we are better off explicitly requiring MIT Kerberos as that appears to
be the only GSSAPI library currently that's under proper maintenance
and ongoing development.  The API used for storing credentials was added
to MIT Kerberos over a decade ago while for the other libraries which
appear to be mainly based on Heimdal, which exists explicitly to be a
re-implementation of MIT Kerberos, the API never made it to a released
version (even though it was added to the Heimdal git repo over 5 years
ago..).

This post-feature-freeze change was approved by the RMT.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDDO6jaESKaBgej0%40tamriel.snowman.net
2023-04-13 08:55:07 -04:00
Thomas Munro 6ca8df2d61 Skip the 004_io_direct.pl test if a pre-flight check fails.
The test previously had a list of OSes that direct I/O was expected to
work on.  That worked well enough for the systems in our build farm, but
didn't survive contact with the Debian build bots running on tmpfs via
overlayfs.  tmpfs does not support O_DIRECT, but we don't want to
exclude Linux generally.

The new approach is to try to create an empty file with O_DIRECT from
Perl first.  If that fails, we'll skip the test and report what the
error was.

Reported-by: Christoph Berg <myon@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDYd4A78cT2ULxZZ%40msg.df7cb.de
2023-04-13 13:57:46 +12:00
Andres Freund 5ec69b71f1 Improve error messages introduced in be87200efd and 0fdab27ad6
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230411.120301.93333867350615278.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230412174244.6njadz4uoiez3l74@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-12 11:00:37 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera 9ce04b50e1
Revert "Catalog NOT NULL constraints" and fallout
This reverts commit e056c557ae and minor later fixes thereof.

There's a few problems in this new feature -- most notably regarding
pg_upgrade behavior, but others as well.  This new feature is not in any
way critical on its own, so instead of scrambling to fix it we revert it
and try again in early 17 with these issues in mind.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3801207.1681057430@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-04-12 19:29:21 +02:00
Andres Freund 57411c82ce 035_standby_logical_decoding: Add missing waits for replication
At least one slow buildfarm system (hoverfly) showed that the database
creation was not replicated before we try to create logical replication slots
on the standby, in that database.

Reported-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230411053657.GA1177147@rfd.leadboat.com
2023-04-11 11:17:36 -07:00
David Rowley 68a2a437f4 Improve ereports for VACUUM's BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT option
There's no need to check if opt->arg is NULL since defGetString() already
does that and raises an ERROR if it is.  Let's just remove that check.

Also, combine the two remaining ERRORs into a single check.  It seems
better to give an indication about what sort of values we're looking for
rather than just to state that the value given isn't valid.  Make
BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT uppercase in this ERROR message too.  It's already
upper case in one other error message, so make that consistent.

Reported-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230411.102335.1643720544536884844.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
2023-04-11 19:36:34 +12:00
Daniel Gustafsson 6ff2e8cdd4 Simplify version check for SKIP clause
Checking for the required versions of IO::Pty as well as IPC::Run
can be achieved with a single eval call, and by using the VERSION
function the comparison is guaranteed to follow the same rules as
calling 'use' on the module with a version.

Reported-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6d880ea2-f8ca-f458-4dcd-a7a3e6d6cd7c@dunslane.net
2023-04-08 23:32:11 +02:00
Thomas Munro 980e8879f5 Use higher wal_level for 004_io_direct.pl.
The new direct I/O test deliberately uses a very small shared_buffers to
force some disk transfers without making the data set large and slow,
but ran into a problem with wal_level = minimal: log_newpage_range()
pins many buffers, leading to a few intermittent "no unpinned buffers
available" errors.

We could presumably fix that by adjusting shared_buffers, but crake
seems to be trying to tell us something interesting with these settings,
so let's just avoid wal_level = minimal in this test for now.

Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230408060408.n7xdwk3mxj5oykt6%40awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-09 08:27:36 +12:00
Tom Lane 07690aab46 Suppress bogus printout during new 035_standby_logical_decoding.pl test.
Our convention for some time has been that successful tests shouldn't
print anything on stderr.  A stray "diag" call violated that, and
for that matter messed up the normal TAP progress display.
2023-04-08 10:50:46 -04:00
Daniel Gustafsson 2e57ffe12f Skip \password TAP test on old IPC::Run versions
IPC::Run versions prior to 0.98 cause the interactive session to time out,
so SKIP the test in case these versions are detected (they are within the
base requirement for our TAP tests in general).  Error reported by the BF
and investigation by Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/414A86BD-986B-48A7-A1E4-EEBCE5AF08CB@yesql.se
2023-04-08 15:51:45 +02:00
Stephen Frost 3d03b24c35 Revert "Add support for Kerberos credential delegation"
This reverts commit 3d4fa227bc.

Per discussion and buildfarm, this depends on APIs that seem to not
be available on at least one platform (NetBSD).  Should be certainly
possible to rework to be optional on that platform if necessary but bit
late for that at this point.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3286097.1680922218@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-04-08 07:21:35 -04:00
Thomas Munro db4f21e4a3 Redesign interrupt/cancel API for regex engine.
Previously, a PostgreSQL-specific callback checked by the regex engine
had a way to trigger a special error code REG_CANCEL if it detected that
the next call to CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() would certainly throw via
ereport().

A later proposed bugfix aims to move some complex logic out of signal
handlers, so that it won't run until the next CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(),
which makes the above design impossible unless we split
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() into two phases, one to run logic and another to
ereport().  We may develop such a system in the future, but for the
regex code it is no longer necessary.

An earlier commit moved regex memory management over to our
MemoryContext system.  Given that the purpose of the two-phase interrupt
checking was to free memory before throwing, something we don't need to
worry about anymore, it seems simpler to inject CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS()
directly into cancelation points, and just let it throw.

Since the plan is to keep PostgreSQL-specific concerns separate from the
main regex engine code (with a view to bein able to stay in sync with
other projects), do this with a new macro INTERRUPT(), customizable in
regcustom.h and defaulting to nothing.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK3PGKwcKqzoosamn36YW-fsuTdOPPF1i_rtEO%3DnEYKSg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-04-08 22:10:39 +12:00
Andres Freund fcd77d5321 TAP test for logical decoding on standby
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Craig Ringer <craig@2ndquadrant.com> (in an older version)
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
2023-04-08 02:24:50 -07:00
Andres Freund 26669757b6 Handle logical slot conflicts on standby
During WAL replay on the standby, when a conflict with a logical slot is
identified, invalidate such slots. There are two sources of conflicts:
1) Using the information added in 6af1793954, logical slots are invalidated if
   required rows are removed
2) wal_level on the primary server is reduced to below logical

Uses the infrastructure introduced in the prior commit. FIXME: add commit
reference.

Change InvalidatePossiblyObsoleteSlot() to use a recovery conflict to
interrupt use of a slot, if called in the startup process. The new recovery
conflict is added to pg_stat_database_conflicts, as confl_active_logicalslot.

See 6af1793954 for an overall design of logical decoding on a standby.

Bumps catversion for the addition of the pg_stat_database_conflicts column.
Bumps PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID for the same reason.

Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com> (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407075009.igg7be27ha2htkbt@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-08 00:05:44 -07:00
Andres Freund be87200efd Support invalidating replication slots due to horizon and wal_level
Needed for logical decoding on a standby. Slots need to be invalidated because
of the horizon if rows required for logical decoding are removed. If the
primary's wal_level is lowered from 'logical', logical slots on the standby
need to be invalidated.

The new invalidation methods will be used in a subsequent commit.

Logical slots that have been invalidated can be identified via the new
pg_replication_slots.conflicting column.

See 6af1793954 for an overall design of logical decoding on a standby.

Bumps catversion for the addition of the new pg_replication_slots column.

Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com> (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407075009.igg7be27ha2htkbt@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-07 22:40:27 -07:00
Andres Freund 2ed16aacf1 Fix underspecified sort order in inherit.sql
Introduced in e056c557ae.

Per buildfarm member prion.
2023-04-07 22:25:46 -07:00
Thomas Munro d4e71df6d7 Add io_direct setting (developer-only).
Provide a way to ask the kernel to use O_DIRECT (or local equivalent)
where available for data and WAL files, to avoid or minimize kernel
caching.  This hurts performance currently and is not intended for end
users yet.  Later proposed work would introduce our own I/O clustering,
read-ahead, etc to replace the facilities the kernel disables with this
option.

The only user-visible change, if the developer-only GUC is not used, is
that this commit also removes the obscure logic that would activate
O_DIRECT for the WAL when wal_sync_method=open_[data]sync and
wal_level=minimal (which also requires max_wal_senders=0).  Those are
non-default and unlikely settings, and this behavior wasn't (correctly)
documented.  The same effect can be achieved with io_direct=wal.

Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK1X532hYqJ_MzFWt0n1zt8trz980D79WbjwnT-yYLZpg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-04-08 16:35:07 +12:00
Stephen Frost 3d4fa227bc Add support for Kerberos credential delegation
Support GSSAPI/Kerberos credentials being delegated to the server by a
client.  With this, a user authenticating to PostgreSQL using Kerberos
(GSSAPI) credentials can choose to delegate their credentials to the
PostgreSQL server (which can choose to accept them, or not), allowing
the server to then use those delegated credentials to connect to
another service, such as with postgres_fdw or dblink or theoretically
any other service which is able to be authenticated using Kerberos.

Both postgres_fdw and dblink are changed to allow non-superuser
password-less connections but only when GSSAPI credentials have been
delegated to the server by the client and GSSAPI is used to
authenticate to the remote system.

Authors: Stephen Frost, Peifeng Qiu
Reviewed-By: David Christensen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CO1PR05MB8023CC2CB575E0FAAD7DF4F8A8E29@CO1PR05MB8023.namprd05.prod.outlook.com
2023-04-07 21:58:04 -04:00
Andres Freund ac8d53dae5 Track IO times in pg_stat_io
a9c70b46db and 8aaa04b32S added counting of IO operations to a new view,
pg_stat_io. Now, add IO timing for reads, writes, extends, and fsyncs to
pg_stat_io as well.

This combines the tracking for pgBufferUsage with the tracking for pg_stat_io
into a new function pgstat_count_io_op_time(). This should make it a bit
easier to avoid the somewhat costly instr_time conversion done for
pgBufferUsage.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAAKRu_ay5iKmnbXZ3DsauViF3eMxu4m1oNnJXqV_HyqYeg55Ww%40mail.gmail.com
2023-04-07 17:04:56 -07:00
Stephen Frost ce5e234085 For Kerberos testing, disable DNS lookups
Similar to 8dff2f224, this disables DNS lookups by the Kerberos library
to look up the KDC and the realm while the Kerberos tests are running.
In some environments, these lookups can take a long time and end up
timing out and causing tests to fail.  Further, since this isn't really
our domain, we shouldn't be sending out these DNS requests during our
tests.
2023-04-07 19:36:46 -04:00
Andres Freund 728015a470 Fix table name clash in recently introduced test
A few buildfarm animals recently started complaining about the "child"
relation already existing. e056c557ae added a new child table to inherit.sql,
but triggers.sql, running in the same parallel group, also uses a child table.

Rename the new table to inh_child. It maybe worth renaming child, parent in
other tests as well, but that's work for another day.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407204530.52q3v5cu5x6dj676@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-07 14:02:46 -07:00
Daniel Gustafsson bf5a894c55 Test SCRAM iteration changes with psql \password
A version of this test was included in the original patch for altering
SCRAM iteration count, but was omitted due to how interactive psql TAP
sessions worked before being refactored.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230130194350.zj5v467x4jgqt3d6@awork3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F72E7BC7-189F-4B17-BF47-9735EB72C364@yesql.se
2023-04-07 22:14:23 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson 664d757531 Refactor background psql TAP functions
This breaks out the background and interactive psql functionality into a
new class, PostgreSQL::Test::BackgroundPsql.  Sessions are still initiated
via PostgreSQL::Test::Cluster, but once started they can be manipulated by
the new helper functions which intend to make querying easier.  A sample
session for a command which can be expected to finish at a later time can
be seen below.

  my $session = $node->background_psql('postgres');
  $bsession->query_until(qr/start/, q(
    \echo start
	CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY idx ON t(a);
  ));
  $bsession->quit;

Patch by Andres Freund with some additional hacking by me.

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230130194350.zj5v467x4jgqt3d6@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-07 22:14:20 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera 32bc0d022d
Fix underspecified sort order in test query
Fail in e056c557ae.
2023-04-07 20:30:04 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera e056c557ae
Catalog NOT NULL constraints
We now create pg_constaint rows for NOT NULL constraints with
contype='n'.

We propagate these constraints during operations such as adding
inheritance relationships, creating and attaching partitions, creating
tables LIKE other tables.  We mostly follow the well-known rules of
conislocal and coninhcount that we have for CHECK constraints, with some
adaptations; for example, as opposed to CHECK constraints, we don't
match NOT NULL ones by name when descending a hierarchy to alter it;
instead we match by column number.  This means we don't require the
constraint names to be identical across a hierarchy.

For now, we omit them from system catalogs.  Maybe this is worth
reconsidering.  We don't support NOT VALID nor DEFERRABLE clauses
either; these can be added as separate features later (this patch is
already large and complicated enough.)

This has been very long in the making.  The first patch was written by
Bernd Helmle in 2010 to add a new pg_constraint.contype value ('n'),
which I (Álvaro) then hijacked in 2011 and 2012, until that one was
killed by the realization that we ought to use contype='c' instead:
manufactured CHECK constraints.  However, later SQL standard
development, as well as nonobvious emergent properties of that design
(mostly, failure to distinguish them from "normal" CHECK constraints as
well as the performance implication of having to test the CHECK
expression) led us to reconsider this choice, so now the current
implementation uses contype='n' again.

In 2016 Vitaly Burovoy also worked on this feature[1] but found no
consensus for his proposed approach, which was claimed to be closer to
the letter of the standard, requiring additional pg_attribute columns to
track the OID of the NOT NULL constraint for that column.
[1] https://postgr.es/m/CAKOSWNkN6HSyatuys8xZxzRCR-KL1OkHS5-b9qd9bf1Rad3PLA@mail.gmail.com

Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Bernd Helmle <mailings@oopsware.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACA0E642A0267EDA387AF2B%40%5B172.26.14.62%5D
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AANLkTinLXMOEMz+0J29tf1POokKi4XDkWJ6-DDR9BKgU@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20110707213401.GA27098@alvh.no-ip.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1343682669-sup-2532@alvh.no-ip.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKOSWNkN6HSyatuys8xZxzRCR-KL1OkHS5-b9qd9bf1Rad3PLA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220817181249.q7qvj3okywctra3c@alvherre.pgsql
2023-04-07 19:59:57 +02:00
Tom Lane 888f2ea0a8 Add array_sample() and array_shuffle() functions.
These are useful in Monte Carlo applications.

Martin Kalcher, reviewed/adjusted by Daniel Gustafsson and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d160a44-7675-51e8-60cf-6d64b76db831@aboutsource.net
2023-04-07 11:47:07 -04:00
David Rowley ae78cae3be Add --buffer-usage-limit option to vacuumdb
1cbbee033 added BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT to the VACUUM and ANALYZE commands, so
here we permit that option to be specified in vacuumdb.

In passing, adjust the documents for vacuum_buffer_usage_limit and the
BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT VACUUM option to mention "kB" rather than "KB".  Do the
same for the ERROR message in ExecVacuum() and
check_vacuum_buffer_usage_limit().  Without that we might tell a user that
the valid minimum value is 128 KB only to reject that because we accept
only "kB" and not "KB".

Also, add a small reminder comment in vacuum.h to try to trigger the
memory of anyone adding new fields to VacuumParams that they might want to
consider if vacuumdb needs to grow a new option too.

Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZAzTg3iEnubscvbf@telsasoft.com
2023-04-07 12:47:10 +12:00
David Rowley 1cbbee0338 Add VACUUM/ANALYZE BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT option
Add new options to the VACUUM and ANALYZE commands called
BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT to allow users more control over how large to make the
buffer access strategy that is used to limit the usage of buffers in
shared buffers.  Larger rings can allow VACUUM to run more quickly but
have the drawback of VACUUM possibly evicting more buffers from shared
buffers that might be useful for other queries running on the database.

Here we also add a new GUC named vacuum_buffer_usage_limit which controls
how large to make the access strategy when it's not specified in the
VACUUM/ANALYZE command.  This defaults to 256KB, which is the same size as
the access strategy was prior to this change.  This setting also
controls how large to make the buffer access strategy for autovacuum.

Per idea by Andres Freund.

Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230111182720.ejifsclfwymw2reb@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-07 11:40:31 +12:00
Tom Lane 5499706bdf Stabilize just-added regression test cases.
The tests added by commits 029dea882 et al turn out to produce
different output under -DRANDOMIZE_ALLOCATED_MEMORY.  This is
not a bug exactly: that flag causes coerce_type() to invoke
the input function twice when coercing an unknown-type literal
to a specific type.  So you get tsqueryin's bleat about an empty
tsquery twice.  Revise the test query to avoid that.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230406213813.uep7plg6lvcywujo@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-06 18:13:49 -04:00
Tom Lane 029dea882a Fix ts_headline() edge cases for empty query and empty search text.
tsquery's GETQUERY() macro is only safe to apply to a tsquery
that is known non-empty; otherwise it gives a pointer to garbage.
Before commit 5a617d75d, ts_headline() avoided this pitfall, but
only in a very indirect, nonobvious way.  (hlCover could not reach
its TS_execute call, because if the query contains no lexemes
then hlFirstIndex would surely return -1.)  After that commit,
it fell into the trap, resulting in weird errors such as
"unrecognized operator" and/or valgrind complaints.  In HEAD,
fix this by not calling TS_execute_locations() at all for an
empty query.  In the back branches, add a defensive check to
hlCover() --- that's not fixing any live bug, but I judge the
code a bit too fragile as-is.

Also, both mark_hl_fragments() and mark_hl_words() were careless
about the possibility of empty search text: in the cases where
no match has been found, they'd end up telling mark_fragment() to
mark from word indexes 0 to 0 inclusive, even when there is no
word 0.  This is harmless since we over-allocated the prs->words
array, but it does annoy valgrind.  Fix so that the end index is -1
and thus mark_fragment() will do nothing in such cases.

Bottom line is that this fixes a live bug in HEAD, but in the
back branches it's only getting rid of a valgrind nitpick.
Back-patch anyway.

Per report from Alexander Lakhin.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c27f642d-020b-01ff-ae61-086af287c4fd@gmail.com
2023-04-06 15:52:44 -04:00
Tom Lane 00beecfe83 psql: add an optional execution-count limit to \watch.
\watch can now be told to stop after N executions of the query.

With the idea that we might want to add more options to \watch
in future, this patch generalizes the command's syntax to a list
of name=value options, with the interval allowed to omit the name
for backwards compatibility.

Andrey Borodin, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Nathan Bossart,
Michael Paquier, Yugo Nagata, and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAhFRxiZ2-n_L1ErMm9AZjgmUK=qS6VHb+0SaMn8sqqbhF7How@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-06 13:18:14 -04:00
Daniel Gustafsson 8eda731465 Allow to use system CA pool for certificate verification
This adds a new option to libpq's sslrootcert, "system", which will load
the system trusted CA roots for certificate verification. This is a more
convenient way to achieve this than pointing to the system CA roots
manually since the location can differ by installation and be locally
adjusted by env vars in OpenSSL.

When sslrootcert is set to system, sslmode is forced to be verify-full
as weaker modes aren't providing much security for public CAs.

Changing the location of the system roots by setting environment vars is
not supported by LibreSSL so the tests will use a heuristic to determine
if the system being tested is LibreSSL or OpenSSL.

The workaround in .cirrus.yml is required to handle a strange interaction
between homebrew and the openssl@3 formula; hopefully this can be removed
in the near future.

The original patch was written by Thomas Habets, which was later revived
by Jacob Champion.

Author: Jacob Champion <jchampion@timescale.com>
Author: Thomas Habets <thomas@habets.se>
Reviewed-by: Jelte Fennema <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Reviewed-by: Magnus Hagander <magnus@hagander.net>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA%2BkHd%2BcJwCUxVb-Gj_0ptr3_KZPwi3%2B67vK6HnLFBK9MzuYrLA%40mail.gmail.com
2023-04-05 23:22:17 +02:00
Tom Lane 16dc2703c5 Support "Right Anti Join" plan shapes.
Merge and hash joins can support antijoin with the non-nullable input
on the right, using very simple combinations of their existing logic
for right join and anti join.  This gives the planner more freedom
about how to order the join.  It's particularly useful for hash join,
since we may now have the option to hash the smaller table instead
of the larger.

Richard Guo, reviewed by Ronan Dunklau and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48xh9hMzXzSy3VaPzGAz+fkxXXTUbCLohX1_L8THFRm2Q@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-05 16:59:09 -04:00
Tom Lane 4766eef317 Fix another issue with ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER on partitioned tables.
In v13 and v14, the ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER USER variant malfunctioned
on cloned triggers, failing to find the clones because it thought they
were system triggers.  Other variants of ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER would
improperly apply a superuserness check.  Fix by adjusting the is-it-
a-system-trigger check to match reality in those branches.  (As far
as I can find, this is the only place that got it wrong.)

There's no such bug in v15/HEAD, because we revised the catalog
representation of system triggers to be what this code was expecting.
However, add the test case to these branches anyway, because this area
is visibly pretty fragile.  Also remove an obsoleted comment.

The recent v15/HEAD commit 6949b921d fixed a nearby bug.  I now see
that my commit message for that was inaccurate: the behavior of
recursing to clone triggers is older than v15, but it didn't apply
to the case in v13/v14 because in those branches parent partitioned
tables have no pg_trigger entries for foreign-key triggers.  But add
the test case from that commit to v13/v14, just to show what is
happening there.

Per bug #17886 from DzmitryH.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17886-5406d5d828aa4aa3@postgresql.org
2023-04-05 12:56:32 -04:00
Jeff Davis ea1db8ae70 Canonicalize ICU locale names to language tags.
Convert to BCP47 language tags before storing in the catalog, except
during binary upgrade or when the locale comes from an existing
collation or template database.

The resulting language tags can vary slightly between ICU
versions. For instance, "@colBackwards=yes" is converted to
"und-u-kb-true" in older versions of ICU, and to the simpler (but
equivalent) "und-u-kb" in newer versions.

The process of canonicalizing to a language tag also understands more
input locale string formats than ucol_open(). For instance,
"fr_CA.UTF-8" is misinterpreted by ucol_open() and the region is
ignored; effectively treating it the same as the locale "fr" and
opening the wrong collator. Canonicalization properly interprets the
language and region, resulting in the language tag "fr-CA", which can
then be understood by ucol_open().

This commit fixes a problem in prior versions due to ucol_open()
misinterpreting locale strings as described above. For instance,
creating an ICU collation with locale "fr_CA.UTF-8" would store that
string directly in the catalog, which would later be passed to (and
misinterpreted by) ucol_open(). After this commit, the locale string
will be canonicalized to language tag "fr-CA" in the catalog, which
will be properly understood by ucol_open(). Because this fix affects
the resulting collator, we cannot change the locale string stored in
the catalog for existing databases or collations; otherwise we'd risk
corrupting indexes. Therefore, only canonicalize locales for
newly-created (not upgraded) collations/databases. For similar
reasons, do not backport.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8c7af6820aed94dc7bc259d2aa7f9663518e6137.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
2023-04-04 10:38:58 -07:00
Tom Lane d3d53f955c Add a way to get the current function's OID in pl/pgsql.
Invent "GET DIAGNOSTICS oid_variable = PG_ROUTINE_OID".
This is useful for avoiding the maintenance nuisances that come
with embedding a function's name in its body, as one might do
for logging purposes for example.  Typically users would cast the
result to regproc or regprocedure to get something human-readable,
but we won't pre-judge whether that's appropriate.

Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Kirk Wolak and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRA4zMd5pY-B89Gm64bDLRt-L+akOd34aD1j4PEstHHSVQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-04 13:33:18 -04:00
Robert Haas 482675987b Add a run_as_owner option to subscriptions.
This option is normally false, but can be set to true to obtain
the legacy behavior where the subscription runs with the permissions
of the subscription owner rather than the permissions of the
table owner. The advantages of this mode are (1) it doesn't require
that the subscription owner have permission to SET ROLE to each
table owner and (2) since no role switching occurs, the
SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION restrictions do not apply.

On the downside, it allows any table owner to easily usurp
the privileges of the subscription owner - basically, to take
over their account. Because that's generally quite undesirable,
we don't make this mode the default, but we do make it available,
just in case the new behavior causes too many problems for someone.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ-WEeG6Z14AfH7KhmpX2eFh+tZ0z+vf0=eMDdbda269g@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-04 12:03:03 -04:00
Robert Haas 1e10d49b65 Perform logical replication actions as the table owner.
Up until now, logical replication actions have been performed as the
subscription owner, who will generally be a superuser.  Commit
cec57b1a0f documented hazards
associated with that situation, namely, that any user who owns a
table on the subscriber side could assume the privileges of the
subscription owner by attaching a trigger, expression index, or
some other kind of executable code to it. As a remedy, it suggested
not creating configurations where users who are not fully trusted
own tables on the subscriber.

Although that will work, it basically precludes using logical
replication in the way that people typically want to use it,
namely, to replicate a database from one node to another
without necessarily having any restrictions on which database
users can own tables. So, instead, change logical replication to
execute INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, and TRUNCATE operations as the
table owner when they are replicated.

Since this involves switching the active user frequently within
a session that is authenticated as the subscription user, also
impose SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION restrictions on logical
replication code. As an exception, if the table owner can SET
ROLE to the subscription owner, these restrictions have no
security value, so don't impose them in that case.

Subscription owners are now required to have the ability to
SET ROLE to every role that owns a table that the subscription
is replicating. If they don't, replication will fail. Superusers,
who normally own subscriptions, satisfy this property by default.
Non-superusers users who own subscriptions will need to be
granted the roles that own relevant tables.

Patch by me, reviewed (but not necessarily in its entirety) by
Jelte Fennema, Jeff Davis, and Noah Misch.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaSCkg9ww9oppPqqs+9RVqCexYCE6Aq=UsYPfnOoDeFkw@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-04 11:25:23 -04:00
Noah Misch eaa1dd131c Use PG_TEST_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT in 019_replslot_limit.pl.
Oversight in f2698ea02c, which introduced
the variable.  This lowers some 1000s timeouts to the configurable
default of 180s, due to a lack of evidence for needing the longer
timeout.  The alternative was 6*PG_TEST_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT, which we can
adopt if the need arises.  Given the lack of observed trouble with these
timeouts, no back-patch.
2023-04-02 09:31:09 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera 6ee30209a6
SQL/JSON: support the IS JSON predicate
This patch introduces the SQL standard IS JSON predicate. It operates
on text and bytea values representing JSON, as well as on the json and
jsonb types. Each test has IS and IS NOT variants and supports a WITH
UNIQUE KEYS flag. The tests are:

IS JSON [VALUE]
IS JSON ARRAY
IS JSON OBJECT
IS JSON SCALAR

These should be self-explanatory.

The WITH UNIQUE KEYS flag makes these return false when duplicate keys
exist in any object within the value, not necessarily directly contained
in the outermost object.

Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
Author: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@gmail.com>
Author: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Author: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF4Au4w2x-5LTnN_bxky-mq4=WOqsGsxSpENCzHRAzSnEd8+WQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abd9b83b-aa66-f230-3d6d-734817f0995d%40postgresql.org
2023-03-31 22:34:04 +02:00
Tom Lane a2a0c7c29e Further tweaking of width_bucket() edge cases.
I realized that the third overflow case I posited in commit b0e9e4d76
actually should be handled in a different way: rather than tolerating
the idea that the quotient could round to 1, we should clamp so that
the output cannot be more than "count" when we know that the operand is
less than bound2.  That being the case, we don't need an overflow-aware
increment in that code path, which leads me to revert the movement of
the pg_add_s32_overflow() call.  (The diff in width_bucket_float8
might be easier to read by comparing against b0e9e4d76^.)

What's more, width_bucket_numeric also has this problem of the quotient
potentially rounding to 1, so add a clamp there too.

As before, I'm not quite convinced that a back-patch is warranted.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/391415.1680268470@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-03-31 16:29:55 -04:00
Tom Lane f0d65c0eaf Reject system columns as elements of foreign keys.
Up through v11 it was sensible to use the "oid" system column as
a foreign key column, but since that was removed there's no visible
usefulness in making any of the remaining system columns a foreign
key.  Moreover, since the TupleTableSlot rewrites in v12, such cases
actively fail because of implicit assumptions that only user columns
appear in foreign keys.  The lack of complaints about that seems
like good evidence that no one is trying to do it.  Hence, rather
than trying to repair those assumptions (of which there are at least
two, maybe more), let's just forbid the case up front.

Per this patch, a system column in either the referenced or
referencing side of a foreign key will draw this error; however,
putting one in the referenced side would have failed later anyway,
since we don't allow unique indexes to be made on system columns.

Per bug #17877 from Alexander Lakhin.  Back-patch to v12; the
case still appears to work in v11, so we shouldn't break it there.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17877-4bcc658e33df6de1@postgresql.org
2023-03-31 11:18:49 -04:00
Daniel Gustafsson 558fff0adf pg_regress: Emit TAP compliant output
This converts pg_regress output format to emit TAP compliant output
while keeping it as human readable as possible for use without TAP
test harnesses. As verbose harness related information isn't really
supported by TAP this also reduces the verbosity of pg_regress runs
which makes scrolling through log output in buildfarm/CI runs a bit
easier as well.

As the meson TAP parser conumes whitespace, the leading indentation
for differentiating parallel tests from sequential tests has been
changed to a single character prefix.

This patch has been around for an extended period of time, reviewers
listed below may have been involved in reviewing a version quite
different from the version in this commit.  The original idea for
this patch was a hacking session with Jinbao Chen.

TAP format testing is also enabled in meson as of this.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Shaplov <dhyan@nataraj.su>
Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BD4B107D-7E53-4794-ACBA-275BEB4327C9@yesql.se
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220221164736.rq3ornzjdkmwk2wo@alap3.anarazel.de
2023-03-31 13:00:02 +02:00
Andres Freund 8aaa04b32d Track shared buffer hits in pg_stat_io
Among other things, this should make it easier to calculate a useful cache hit
ratio by excluding buffer reads via buffer access strategies. As buffer access
strategies reuse buffers (and thus evict the prior buffer contents), it is
normal to see reads on repeated scans of the same data.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_beMa9Hzih40%3DXPYqhDVz6tsgUGTrhZXRo%3Dunp%2Bszb%3DUA%40mail.gmail.com
2023-03-30 19:24:21 -07:00
Thomas Munro 11c2d6fdf5 Parallel Hash Full Join.
Full and right outer joins were not supported in the initial
implementation of Parallel Hash Join because of deadlock hazards (see
discussion).  Therefore FULL JOIN inhibited parallelism, as the other
join strategies can't do that in parallel either.

Add a new PHJ phase PHJ_BATCH_SCAN that scans for unmatched tuples on
the inner side of one batch's hash table.  For now, sidestep the
deadlock problem by terminating parallelism there.  The last process to
arrive at that phase emits the unmatched tuples, while others detach and
are free to go and work on other batches, if there are any, but
otherwise they finish the join early.

That unfairness is considered acceptable for now, because it's better
than no parallelism at all.  The build and probe phases are run in
parallel, and the new scan-for-unmatched phase, while serial, is usually
applied to the smaller of the two relations and is either limited by
some multiple of work_mem, or it's too big and is partitioned into
batches and then the situation is improved by batch-level parallelism.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BA6ftXPz4oe92%2Bx8Er%2BxpGZqto70-Q_ERwRaSyA%3DafNg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-03-31 11:34:03 +13:00
Tom Lane e9d202a149 Clean up role created in new subscription test.
This oversight broke repeated runs of "make installcheck".
2023-03-30 13:07:04 -04:00
Robert Haas c3afe8cf5a Add new predefined role pg_create_subscription.
This role can be granted to non-superusers to allow them to issue
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION. The non-superuser must additionally have CREATE
permissions on the database in which the subscription is to be
created.

Most forms of ALTER SUBSCRIPTION, including ALTER SUBSCRIPTION .. SKIP,
now require only that the role performing the operation own the
subscription, or inherit the privileges of the owner. However, to
use ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... RENAME or ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... OWNER TO,
you also need CREATE permission on the database. This is similar to
what we do for schemas. To change the owner of a schema, you must also
have permission to SET ROLE to the new owner, similar to what we do
for other object types.

Non-superusers are required to specify a password for authentication
and the remote side must use the password, similar to what is required
for postgres_fdw and dblink.  A superuser who wants a non-superuser to
own a subscription that does not rely on password authentication may
set the new password_required=false property on that subscription. A
non-superuser may not set password_required=false and may not modify a
subscription that already has password_required=false.

This new password_required subscription property works much like the
eponymous postgres_fdw property.  In both cases, the actual semantics
are that a password is not required if either (1) the property is set
to false or (2) the relevant user is the superuser.

Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund, Jeff Davis, Mark Dilger,
and Stephen Frost (but some of those people did not fully endorse
all of the decisions that the patch makes).

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaDH=0Xj7OBiQnsHTKcF2c4L+=gzPBUKSJLh8zed2_+Dg@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-30 11:37:19 -04:00
Tom Lane b0e9e4d76c Avoid overflow in width_bucket_float8().
The original coding of this function paid little attention to the
possibility of overflow.  There were actually three different hazards:

1. The range from bound1 to bound2 could exceed DBL_MAX, which on
IEEE-compliant machines produces +Infinity in the subtraction.
At best we'd lose all precision in the result, and at worst
produce NaN due to dividing Inf/Inf.  The range can't exceed
twice DBL_MAX though, so we can fix this case by scaling all the
inputs by 0.5.

2. We computed count * (operand - bound1), which is also at risk of
float overflow, before dividing.  Safer is to do the division first,
producing a quotient that should be in [0,1), and even after allowing
for roundoff error can't be outside [0,1]; then multiplying by count
can't produce a result overflowing an int.  (width_bucket_numeric does
the multiplication first on the grounds that that improves accuracy of
its result, but I don't think that a similar argument can be made in
float arithmetic.)

3. If the division result does round to 1, and count is INT_MAX,
the final addition of 1 would overflow an int.  We took care
of that in the operand >= bound2 case but did not consider that
it could be possible in the main path.  Fix that by moving the
overflow-aware addition of 1 so it is done that way in all cases.

The fix for point 2 creates a possibility that values very close to
a bucket boundary will be rounded differently than they were before.
I'm not troubled by that for HEAD, but it is an argument against
putting this into the stable branches.  Given that the cases being
fixed here are fairly extreme and unlikely to be hit in normal use,
it seems best not to back-patch.

Mats Kindahl and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17876-61f280d1601f978d@postgresql.org
2023-03-30 11:27:36 -04:00
Daniel Gustafsson 7f5b19817e Support connection load balancing in libpq
This adds support for load balancing connections with libpq using a
connection parameter: load_balance_hosts=<string>. When setting the
param to random, hosts and addresses will be connected to in random
order. This then results in load balancing across these addresses and
hosts when multiple clients or frequent connection setups are used.

The randomization employed performs two levels of shuffling:

  1. The given hosts are randomly shuffled, before resolving them
     one-by-one.
  2. Once a host its addresses get resolved, the returned addresses
     are shuffled, before trying to connect to them one-by-one.

Author: Jelte Fennema <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Banck <mbanck@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin <amborodin86@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/PR3PR83MB04768E2FF04818EEB2179949F7A69@PR3PR83MB0476.EURPRD83.prod.outlook.
2023-03-29 21:53:38 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera 7081ac46ac
SQL/JSON: add standard JSON constructor functions
This commit introduces the SQL/JSON standard-conforming constructors for
JSON types:

JSON_ARRAY()
JSON_ARRAYAGG()
JSON_OBJECT()
JSON_OBJECTAGG()

Most of the functionality was already present in PostgreSQL-specific
functions, but these include some new functionality such as the ability
to skip or include NULL values, and to allow duplicate keys or throw
error when they are found, as well as the standard specified syntax to
specify output type and format.

Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
Author: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@gmail.com>
Author: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF4Au4w2x-5LTnN_bxky-mq4=WOqsGsxSpENCzHRAzSnEd8+WQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abd9b83b-aa66-f230-3d6d-734817f0995d%40postgresql.org
2023-03-29 12:11:36 +02:00
Amit Kapila 062a844424 Avoid syncing data twice for the 'publish_via_partition_root' option.
When there are multiple publications for a subscription and one of those
publishes via the parent table by using publish_via_partition_root and the
other one directly publishes the child table, we end up copying the same
data twice during initial synchronization. The reason for this was that we
get both the parent and child tables from the publisher and try to copy
the data for both of them.

This patch extends the function pg_get_publication_tables() to take a
publication list as its input parameter. This allows us to exclude a
partition table whose ancestor is published by the same publication list.

This problem does exist in back-branches but we decide to fix it there in
a separate commit if required. The fix for back-branches requires quite
complicated changes to fetch the required table information from the
publisher as we can't update the function pg_get_publication_tables() in
back-branches. We are not sure whether we want to deviate and complicate
the code in back-branches for this problem as there are no field reports
yet.

Author: Wang wei
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Jacob Champion, Kuroda Hayato, Vignesh C, Osumi Takamichi, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB57167F45D481F78CDC5986F794B99@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2023-03-29 10:46:58 +05:30
Jeff Davis 1671f990dd Validate ICU locales.
For ICU collations, ensure that the locale's language exists in ICU,
and that the locale can be opened.

Basic validation helps avoid minor mistakes and misspellings, which
often fall back to the root locale instead of the intended
locale. It's even more important to avoid such mistakes in ICU
versions 54 and earlier, where the same (misspelled) locale string
could fall back to different locales depending on the environment.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11b1eeb7e7667fdd4178497aeb796c48d26e69b9.camel@j-davis.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/df2efad0cae7c65180df8e5ebb709e5eb4f2a82b.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
2023-03-28 16:34:29 -07:00
Tom Lane 326a33a289 Fix corner-case planner failure for MERGE.
MERGE planning could fail with "variable not found in subplan target
list" if the target table is partitioned and all its partitions are
excluded at plan time, or in the case where it has no partitions but
used to have some.  This happened because distribute_row_identity_vars
thought it didn't need to make the target table's reltarget list
fully valid; but if we generate a join plan then that is required
because the dummy Result node's tlist will be made from the reltarget.

The same logic appears in distribute_row_identity_vars in v14,
but AFAICS the problem is unreachable in that branch for lack of
MERGE.  In other updating statements, the target table is always
inner-joined to any other tables, so if the target is known dummy
then the whole plan reduces to dummy, so no join nodes are created.
So I'll refrain from back-patching this code change to v14 for now.

Per report from Alvaro Herrera.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230328112248.6as34mlx5sr4kltg@alvherre.pgsql
2023-03-28 11:39:24 -04:00
Tom Lane a3c9d35ae1 Reject attempts to alter composite types used in indexes.
find_composite_type_dependencies() ignored indexes, which is a poor
decision because an expression index could have a stored column of
a composite (or other container) type even when the underlying table
does not.  Teach it to detect such cases and error out.  We have to
work a bit harder than for other relations because the pg_depend entry
won't identify the specific index column of concern, but it's not much
new code.

This does not address bug #17872's original complaint that dropping
a column in such a type might lead to violations of the uniqueness
property that a unique index is supposed to ensure.  That seems of
much less concern to me because it won't lead to crashes.

Per bug #17872 from Alexander Lakhin.  Back-patch to all supported
branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17872-d0fbb799dc3fd85d@postgresql.org
2023-03-27 15:04:15 -04:00
Daniel Gustafsson b577743000 Make SCRAM iteration count configurable
Replace the hardcoded value with a GUC such that the iteration
count can be raised in order to increase protection against
brute-force attacks.  The hardcoded value for SCRAM iteration
count was defined to be 4096, which is taken from RFC 7677, so
set the default for the GUC to 4096 to match.  In RFC 7677 the
recommendation is at least 15000 iterations but 4096 is listed
as a SHOULD requirement given that it's estimated to yield a
0.5s processing time on a mobile handset of the time of RFC
writing (late 2015).

Raising the iteration count of SCRAM will make stored passwords
more resilient to brute-force attacks at a higher computational
cost during connection establishment.  Lowering the count will
reduce computational overhead during connections at the tradeoff
of reducing strength against brute-force attacks.

There are however platforms where even a modest iteration count
yields a too high computational overhead, with weaker password
encryption schemes chosen as a result.  In these situations,
SCRAM with a very low iteration count still gives benefits over
weaker schemes like md5, so we allow the iteration count to be
set to one at the low end.

The new GUC is intentionally generically named such that it can
be made to support future SCRAM standards should they emerge.
At that point the value can be made into key:value pairs with
an undefined key as a default which will be backwards compatible
with this.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Jonathan S. Katz <jkatz@postgresql.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F72E7BC7-189F-4B17-BF47-9735EB72C364@yesql.se
2023-03-27 09:46:29 +02:00
Tom Lane 3c05284d83 Invent GENERIC_PLAN option for EXPLAIN.
This provides a very simple way to see the generic plan for a
parameterized query.  Without this, it's necessary to define
a prepared statement and temporarily change plan_cache_mode,
which is a bit tedious.

One thing that's a bit of a hack perhaps is that we disable
execution-time partition pruning when the GENERIC_PLAN option
is given.  That's because the pruning code may attempt to
fetch the value of one of the parameters, which would fail.

Laurenz Albe, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud, Christoph Berg,
Michel Pelletier, Jim Jones, and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0a29b954b10b57f0d135fe12aa0909bd41883eb0.camel@cybertec.at
2023-03-24 17:07:22 -04:00
Michael Paquier 36f40ce2dc libpq: Add sslcertmode option to control client certificates
The sslcertmode option controls whether the server is allowed and/or
required to request a certificate from the client.  There are three
modes:
- "allow" is the default and follows the current behavior, where a
configured client certificate is sent if the server requests one
(via one of its default locations or sslcert).  With the current
implementation, will happen whenever TLS is negotiated.
- "disable" causes the client to refuse to send a client certificate
even if sslcert is configured or if a client certificate is available in
one of its default locations.
- "require" causes the client to fail if a client certificate is never
sent and the server opens a connection anyway.  This doesn't add any
additional security, since there is no guarantee that the server is
validating the certificate correctly, but it may helpful to troubleshoot
more complicated TLS setups.

sslcertmode=require requires SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb(), available since
OpenSSL 1.0.2.  Note that LibreSSL does not include it.

Using a connection parameter different than require_auth has come up as
the simplest design because certificate authentication does not rely
directly on any of the AUTH_REQ_* codes, and one may want to require a
certificate to be sent in combination of a given authentication method,
like SCRAM-SHA-256.

TAP tests are added in src/test/ssl/, some of them relying on sslinfo to
check if a certificate has been set.  These are compatible across all
the versions of OpenSSL supported on HEAD (currently down to 1.0.1).

Author: Jacob Champion
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Peter Eisentraut, David G. Johnston,
Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9e5a8ccddb8355ea9fa4b75a1e3a9edc88a70cd3.camel@vmware.com
2023-03-24 13:34:26 +09:00
Peter Geoghegan ae4fdde135 Count updates that move row to a new page.
Add pgstat counter to track row updates that result in the successor
version going to a new heap page, leaving behind an original version
whose t_ctid points to the new version.  The current count is shown by
the n_tup_newpage_upd column of each of the pg_stat_*_tables views.

The new n_tup_newpage_upd column complements the existing n_tup_hot_upd
and n_tup_upd columns.  Tables that have high n_tup_newpage_upd values
(relative to n_tup_upd) are good candidates for tuning heap fillfactor.

Corey Huinker, with small tweaks by me.

Author: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADkLM=ded21M9iZ36hHm-vj2rE2d=zcKpUQMds__Xm2pxLfHKA@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-23 11:16:17 -07:00
Jeff Davis 3b50275b12 Handle the "und" locale in ICU versions 54 and older.
The "und" locale is an alternative spelling of the root locale, but it
was not recognized until ICU 55. To maintain common behavior across
all supported ICU versions, check for "und" and replace with "root"
before opening.

Previously, the lack of support for "und" was dangerous, because
versions 54 and older fall back to the environment when a locale is
not found. If the user specified "und" for the language (which is
expected and documented), it could not only resolve to the wrong
collator, but it could unexpectedly change (which could lead to
corrupt indexes).

This effectively reverts commit d72900bded, which worked around the
problem for the built-in "unicode" collation, and is no longer
necessary.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/60da0cecfb512a78b8666b31631a636215d8ce73.camel@j-davis.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0c6fa66f2753217d2a40480a96bd2ccf023536a1.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
2023-03-23 10:08:27 -07:00
Amit Kapila adedf54e65 Ignore generated columns during apply of update/delete.
We fail to apply updates and deletes when the REPLICA IDENTITY FULL is
used for the table having generated columns. We didn't use to ignore
generated columns while doing tuple comparison among the tuples from
the publisher and subscriber during apply of updates and deletes.

Author: Onder Kalaci
Reviewed-by: Shi yu, Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 12
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACawEhVQC9WoofunvXg12aXtbqKnEgWxoRx3+v8q32AWYsdpGg@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-23 11:58:36 +05:30
Amit Kapila ecb696527c Allow logical replication to copy tables in binary format.
This patch allows copying tables in the binary format during table
synchronization when the binary option for a subscription is enabled.
Previously, tables are copied in text format even if the subscription is
created with the binary option enabled. Copying tables in binary format
may reduce the time spent depending on column types.

A binary copy for initial table synchronization is supported only when
both publisher and subscriber are v16 or later.

Author: Melih Mutlu
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Shi yu, Euler Taveira, Vignesh C,  Kuroda Hayato, Osumi Takamichi, Bharath Rupireddy, Hou Zhijie
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGPVpCQvAziCLknEnygY0v1-KBtg%2BOm-9JHJYZOnNPKFJPompw%40mail.gmail.com
2023-03-23 08:45:51 +05:30
Michael Paquier 88199b9d5f Fix a couple of typos
PL/pgSQL was misspelled in a few places, so fix these.

Author: Zhang Mingli
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1bd41572-9cd9-465e-9f59-ee45385e51b4@Spark
2023-03-22 08:44:59 +09:00
Jeff Davis 869650fa86 Support language tags in older ICU versions (53 and earlier).
By calling uloc_canonicalize() before parsing the attributes, the
existing locale attribute parsing logic works on language tags as
well.

Fix a small memory leak, too.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/60da0cecfb512a78b8666b31631a636215d8ce73.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
2023-03-21 16:12:37 -07:00
Amit Kapila b797def595 Ignore dropped columns during apply of update/delete.
We fail to apply updates and deletes when the REPLICA IDENTITY FULL is
used for the table having dropped columns. We didn't use to ignore dropped
columns while doing tuple comparison among the tuples from the publisher
and subscriber during apply of updates and deletes.

Author: Onder Kalaci, Shi yu
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACawEhVQC9WoofunvXg12aXtbqKnEgWxoRx3+v8q32AWYsdpGg@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-21 09:47:21 +05:30
Andres Freund ef719e7b32 Stabilize pg_stat_io writes test
Counting writes only for io_context = 'normal' is unreliable, as backends
using a buffer access strategy could flush all of the dirty buffers out from
under the other backends and checkpointer. Change the test to count writes in
any context. This achieves roughly the same coverage anyway.

Reported-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ZAnWU8WbXEDjrfUE%40telsasoft.com
2023-03-20 18:16:06 -07:00
Tom Lane 72a5b1fc88 Add @extschema:name@ and no_relocate options to extensions.
@extschema:name@ extends the existing @extschema@ feature so that
we can also insert the schema name of some required extension,
thus making cross-extension references robust even if they are in
different schemas.

However, this has the same hazard as @extschema@: if the schema
name is embedded literally in an installed object, rather than being
looked up once during extension script execution, then it's no longer
safe to relocate the other extension to another schema.  To deal with
that without restricting things unnecessarily, add a "no_relocate"
option to extension control files.  This allows an extension to
specify that it cannot handle relocation of some of its required
extensions, even if in themselves those extensions are relocatable.
We detect "no_relocate" requests of dependent extensions during
ALTER EXTENSION SET SCHEMA.

Regina Obe, reviewed by Sandro Santilli and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/003001d8f4ae$402282c0$c0678840$@pcorp.us
2023-03-20 18:37:11 -04:00
Tomas Vondra 19d8e2308b Ignore BRIN indexes when checking for HOT updates
When determining whether an index update may be skipped by using HOT, we
can ignore attributes indexed by block summarizing indexes without
references to individual tuples that need to be cleaned up.

A new type TU_UpdateIndexes provides a signal to the executor to
determine which indexes to update - no indexes, all indexes, or only the
summarizing indexes.

This also removes rd_indexattr list, and replaces it with rd_attrsvalid
flag. The list was not used anywhere, and a simple flag is sufficient.

This was originally committed as 5753d4ee32, but then got reverted by
e3fcca0d0d because of correctness issues.

Original patch by Josef Simanek, various fixes and improvements by Tomas
Vondra and me.

Authors: Matthias van de Meent, Josef Simanek, Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/05ebcb44-f383-86e3-4f31-0a97a55634cf@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFp7QwpMRGcDAQumN7onN9HjrJ3u4X3ZRXdGFT0K5G2JWvnbWg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-03-20 11:02:42 +01:00
Tomas Vondra e858312683 Fix netmask handling in inet_minmax_multi_ops
When calculating distance in brin_minmax_multi_distance_inet(), the
netmask was applied incorrectly. This results in (seemingly) incorrect
ordering of values, triggering an assert.

For builds without asserts this is mostly harmless - we may merge other
ranges, possibly resulting in slightly less efficient index. But it's
still correct and the greedy algorithm doesn't guarantee optimality
anyway.

Backpatch to 14, where minmax-multi indexes were introduced.

Reported by Dmitry Dolgov, investigation and fix by me.

Reported-by: Dmitry Dolgov
Backpatch-through: 14
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17774-c6f3e36dd4471e67@postgresql.org
2023-03-20 10:24:14 +01:00
Tom Lane 75bd846b68 Add functions to do timestamptz arithmetic in a non-default timezone.
Add versions of timestamptz + interval, timestamptz - interval, and
generate_series(timestamptz, ...) in which a timezone can be specified
explicitly instead of defaulting to the TimeZone GUC setting.

The new functions for the first two are named date_add and
date_subtract.  This might seem too generic, but we could use
overloading to add additional variants if that seems useful.

Along the way, improve the docs' pretty inadequate explanation
of how timestamptz +- interval works.

Przemysław Sztoch and Gurjeet Singh; cosmetic changes and most of
the docs work by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/01a84551-48dd-1359-bf7e-f6b0203a6bd0@sztoch.pl
2023-03-18 14:12:16 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut de4d456b40 Improve several permission-related error messages.
Mainly move some detail from errmsg to errdetail, remove explicit
mention of superuser where appropriate, since that is implied in most
permission checks, and make messages more uniform.

Author: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20230316234701.GA903298@nathanxps13
2023-03-17 10:33:09 +01:00
Andres Freund 64470973b1 tests: Prevent syslog activity by slapd, take 2
Unfortunately it turns out that the logfile-only option added in b9f8d1cbad
is only available in openldap starting in 2.6.

Luckily the option to control the log level (loglevel/-s) have been around for
much longer. As it turns out loglevel/-s only control what goes into syslog,
not what ends up in the file specified with 'logfile' and stderr.

While we currently are specifying 'logfile', nothing ends up in it, as the
option only controls debug messages, and we didn't set a debug level. The
debug level can only be configured on the commandline and also prevents
forking. That'd require larger changes, so this commit doesn't tackle that
issue.

Specify the syslog level when starting slapd using -s, as that allows to
prevent all syslog messages if one uses '0' instead of 'none', while loglevel
doesn't prevent the first message.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230311233708.3yjdbjkly2q4gq2j@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-
2023-03-16 23:07:29 -07:00
David Rowley eb7d043c9b Fix incorrect logic for determining safe WindowAgg run conditions
The logic added in 9d9c02ccd to determine when a qual can be used as a
WindowClause run condition failed to correctly check for subqueries in the
qual.  This was being done correctly for normal subquery qual pushdowns,
it's just that 9d9c02ccd failed to follow the lead on that.

This also fixes various other cases where transforming the qual into a
WindowClause run condition in the subquery should have been disallowed.

Bug: #17826
Reported-by: Anban Company
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17826-7d8750952f19a5f5@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 15, where 9d9c02ccd was introduced.
2023-03-17 15:49:53 +13:00
Andres Freund b9f8d1cbad tests: Minimize syslog activity by slapd
Until now the tests using slapd spammed syslog for every connection /
query. Use logfile-only to prevent syslog activity. Unfortunately that only
takes effect after logging the first message, but that's still much better
than the prior situation.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230311233708.3yjdbjkly2q4gq2j@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-
2023-03-16 19:38:02 -07:00
Tom Lane 9bfd2822b3 Enable use of Memoize atop an Append that came from UNION ALL.
create_append_path() would only apply get_baserel_parampathinfo
when the path is for a partitioned table, but it's also potentially
useful for paths for UNION ALL appendrels.  Specifically, that
supports building a Memoize path atop this one.

While we're in the vicinity, delete some dead code in
create_merge_append_plan(): there's no need for it to support
parameterized MergeAppend paths, and it doesn't look like that
is going to change anytime soon.  It'll be easy enough to undo
this when/if it becomes useful.

Richard Guo

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_ABSu4PWG2rE1q10tJugEXHWgru3U8dAgkoFvgrb6aEA@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-16 18:13:45 -04:00
Tom Lane 5b3c595355 Tighten error checks in datetime input, and remove bogus "ISO" format.
DecodeDateTime and DecodeTimeOnly had support for date input in the
style "Y2023M03D16", which the comments claimed to be an "ISO" format.
However, so far as I can find there is no such format in ISO 8601;
they write units before numbers in intervals, but not in datetimes.
Furthermore, the lesser-known ISO 8601-2 spec actually defines an
incompatible format "2023Y03M16D".  None of our documentation mentions
such a format either.  So let's just drop it.

That leaves us with only two cases for a prefix unit specifier in
datetimes: Julian dates written as Jnnnn, and the "T" separator
defined by ISO 8601.  Add checks to catch misuse of these specifiers,
that is consecutive specifiers or a dangling specifier at the end of
the string.  We do not however disallow a specifier that is separated
from the field that it disambiguates (by noise words or unrelated
fields).  That being the case, remove some overly-aggressive error
checks from the ISOTIME cases.

Joseph Koshakow, editorialized a bit by me; thanks also to
Peter Eisentraut for some standards-reading.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHf2Q1gKLiHGnuPOiyf0ASvKUM4BnMfsXuwgtYEb_Gx0Zw@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-16 14:18:33 -04:00
Michael Paquier c9a272daaa Add .gitignore to ldap_password_func
This bit has been forgotten in 419a8dd.
2023-03-16 09:36:01 +09:00
Tom Lane 483bdb2afe Support [NO] INDENT option in XMLSERIALIZE().
This adds the ability to pretty-print XML documents ... according to
libxml's somewhat idiosyncratic notions of what's pretty, anyway.
One notable divergence from a strict reading of the spec is that
libxml is willing to collapse empty nodes "<node></node>" to just
"<node/>", whereas SQL and the underlying XML spec say that this
option should only result in whitespace tweaks.  Nonetheless,
it seems close enough to justify using the SQL-standard syntax.

Jim Jones, reviewed by Peter Smith and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2f5df461-dad8-6d7d-4568-08e10608a69b@uni-muenster.de
2023-03-15 16:59:09 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan 419a8dd814 Add a hook for modifying the ldapbind password
The hook can be installed by a shared_preload library.

A similar mechanism could be used for radius paswords, for example, and
the type name auth_password_hook_typ has been shosen with that in mind.

John Naylor and Andrew Dunstan

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/469b06ed-69de-ba59-c13a-91d2372e52a9@dunslane.net
2023-03-15 16:37:28 -04:00
Tom Lane e3ac85014e Support PlaceHolderVars in MERGE actions.
preprocess_targetlist thought PHVs couldn't appear here.
It was mistaken, as per report from Önder Kalacı.

Surveying other pull_var_clause calls, I noted no similar errors,
but I did notice that qual_is_pushdown_safe's assertion about
!contain_window_function was pointless, because the following
pull_var_clause call would complain about them anyway.  In HEAD
only, remove the redundant Assert and improve the commentary.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACawEhUuum-gC_2S3sXLTcsk7bUSPSHOD+g1ZpfKaDK-KKPPWA@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-15 11:59:18 -04:00
Amit Kapila 805b821e77 Add the testcases for 89e46da5e5.
Forgot to add new testcases in commit 89e46da5e5.

Author: Onder Kalaci, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Shi yu, Hou Zhijie, Vignesh C, Kuroda Hayato, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACawEhVLqmAAyPXdHEPv1ssU2c=dqOniiGz7G73HfyS7+nGV4w@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-15 09:31:44 +05:30
Amit Kapila 89e46da5e5 Allow the use of indexes other than PK and REPLICA IDENTITY on the subscriber.
Using REPLICA IDENTITY FULL on the publisher can lead to a full table scan
per tuple change on the subscription when REPLICA IDENTITY or PK index is
not available. This makes REPLICA IDENTITY FULL impractical to use apart
from some small number of use cases.

This patch allows using indexes other than PRIMARY KEY or REPLICA
IDENTITY on the subscriber during apply of update/delete. The index that
can be used must be a btree index, not a partial index, and it must have
at least one column reference (i.e. cannot consist of only expressions).
We can uplift these restrictions in the future. There is no smart
mechanism to pick the index. If there is more than one index that
satisfies these requirements, we just pick the first one. We discussed
using some of the optimizer's low-level APIs for this but ruled it out
as that can be a maintenance burden in the long run.

This patch improves the performance in the vast majority of cases and the
improvement is proportional to the amount of data in the table. However,
there could be some regression in a small number of cases where the indexes
have a lot of duplicate and dead rows. It was discussed that those are
mostly impractical cases but we can provide a table or subscription level
option to disable this feature if required.

Author: Onder Kalaci, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Shi yu, Hou Zhijie, Vignesh C, Kuroda Hayato, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACawEhVLqmAAyPXdHEPv1ssU2c=dqOniiGz7G73HfyS7+nGV4w@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-15 08:49:04 +05:30
Tom Lane b081fe4199 Fix corner case bug in numeric to_char() some more.
The band-aid applied in commit f0bedf3e4 turns out to still need
some work: it made sure we didn't set Np->last_relevant too small
(to the left of the decimal point), but it didn't prevent setting
it too large (off the end of the partially-converted string).
This could result in fetching data beyond the end of the allocated
space, which with very bad luck could cause a SIGSEGV, though
I don't see any hazard of interesting memory disclosure.

Per bug #17839 from Thiago Nunes.  The bug's pretty ancient,
so back-patch to all supported versions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17839-aada50db24d7b0da@postgresql.org
2023-03-14 19:17:31 -04:00
Dean Rasheed d5d574146d Add support for the error functions erf() and erfc().
Expose the standard error functions as SQL-callable functions. These
are expected to be useful to people working with normal distributions,
and we use them here to test the distribution from random_normal().

Since these functions are defined in the POSIX and C99 standards, they
should in theory be available on all supported platforms. If that
turns out not to be the case, more work will be needed.

On all platforms tested so far, using extra_float_digits = -1 in the
regression tests is sufficient to allow for variations between
implementations. However, past experience has shown that there are
almost certainly going to be additional unexpected portability issues,
so these tests may well need further adjustments, based on the
buildfarm results.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Nathan Bossart and Thomas Munro.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCXv5fi7+Vu-POiyai+ucF95+YMcCMafxV+eZuN1B-=MkQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-14 09:17:36 +00:00
Michael Paquier 3a465cc678 libpq: Add support for require_auth to control authorized auth methods
The new connection parameter require_auth allows a libpq client to
define a list of comma-separated acceptable authentication types for use
with the server.  There is no negotiation: if the server does not
present one of the allowed authentication requests, the connection
attempt done by the client fails.

The following keywords can be defined in the list:
- password, for AUTH_REQ_PASSWORD.
- md5, for AUTH_REQ_MD5.
- gss, for AUTH_REQ_GSS[_CONT].
- sspi, for AUTH_REQ_SSPI and AUTH_REQ_GSS_CONT.
- scram-sha-256, for AUTH_REQ_SASL[_CONT|_FIN].
- creds, for AUTH_REQ_SCM_CREDS (perhaps this should be removed entirely
now).
- none, to control unauthenticated connections.

All the methods that can be defined in the list can be negated, like
"!password", in which case the server must NOT use the listed
authentication type.  The special method "none" allows/disallows the use
of unauthenticated connections (but it does not govern transport-level
authentication via TLS or GSSAPI).

Internally, the patch logic is tied to check_expected_areq(), that was
used for channel_binding, ensuring that an incoming request is
compatible with conn->require_auth.  It also introduces a new flag,
conn->client_finished_auth, which is set by various authentication
routines when the client side of the handshake is finished.  This
signals to check_expected_areq() that an AUTH_REQ_OK from the server is
expected, and allows the client to complain if the server bypasses
authentication entirely, with for example the reception of a too-early
AUTH_REQ_OK message.

Regression tests are added in authentication TAP tests for all the
keywords supported (except "creds", because it is around only for
compatibility reasons).  A new TAP script has been added for SSPI, as
there was no script dedicated to it yet.  It relies on SSPI being the
default authentication method on Windows, as set by pg_regress.

Author: Jacob Champion
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, David G. Johnston, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9e5a8ccddb8355ea9fa4b75a1e3a9edc88a70cd3.camel@vmware.com
2023-03-14 14:00:05 +09:00
Tom Lane 25a7812cd0 Fix JSON error reporting for many cases of erroneous string values.
The majority of error exit cases in json_lex_string() failed to
set lex->token_terminator, causing problems for the error context
reporting code: it would see token_terminator less than token_start
and do something more or less nuts.  In v14 and up the end result
could be as bad as a crash in report_json_context().  Older
versions accidentally avoided that fate; but all versions produce
error context lines that are far less useful than intended,
because they'd stop at the end of the prior token instead of
continuing to where the actually-bad input is.

To fix, invent some macros that make it less notationally painful
to do the right thing.  Also add documentation about what the
function is actually required to do; and in >= v14, add an assertion
in report_json_context about token_terminator being sufficiently
far advanced.

Per report from Nikolay Shaplov.  Back-patch to all supported
versions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7332649.x5DLKWyVIX@thinkpad-pgpro
2023-03-13 15:19:00 -04:00
Tom Lane 30dbdbe753 Fix failure to detect some cases of improperly-nested aggregates.
check_agg_arguments_walker() supposed that it needn't descend into
the arguments of a lower-level aggregate function, but this is
just wrong in the presence of multiple levels of sub-select.  The
oversight would lead to executor failures on queries that should
be rejected.  (Prior to v11, they actually were rejected, thanks
to a "redundant" execution-time check.)

Per bug #17835 from Anban Company.  Back-patch to all supported
branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17835-4f29f3098b2d0ba4@postgresql.org
2023-03-13 12:40:28 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan 9f8377f7a2 Add a DEFAULT option to COPY FROM
This allows for a string which if an input field matches causes the
column's default value to be inserted. The advantage of this is that
the default can be inserted in some rows and not others, for which
non-default data is available.

The file_fdw extension is also modified to take allow use of this
option.

Israel Barth Rubio

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAO_rXXAcqesk6DsvioOZ5zmeEmpUN5ktZf-9=9yu+DTr0Xr8Uw@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-13 10:01:56 -04:00
Dean Rasheed 7b14e20b12 Fix MERGE command tag for actions blocked by BEFORE ROW triggers.
This ensures that the row count in the command tag for a MERGE is
correctly computed in the case where UPDATEs or DELETEs are skipped
due to a BEFORE ROW trigger returning NULL (the INSERT case was
already handled correctly by ExecMergeNotMatched() calling
ExecInsert()).

Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCU8XEmR0JWKDtyb7iZ%3DqCffxS9uyJt0iOZ4TV4RT%2Bow1w%40mail.gmail.com
2023-03-13 11:12:20 +00:00
Dean Rasheed 9321c79c86 Fix concurrent update issues with MERGE.
If MERGE attempts an UPDATE or DELETE on a table with BEFORE ROW
triggers, or a cross-partition UPDATE (with or without triggers), and
a concurrent UPDATE or DELETE happens, the merge code would fail.

In some cases this would lead to a crash, while in others it would
cause the wrong merge action to be executed, or no action at all. The
immediate cause of the crash was the trigger code calling
ExecGetUpdateNewTuple() as part of the EPQ mechanism, which fails
because during a merge ri_projectNew is NULL, since merge has its own
per-action projection information, which ExecGetUpdateNewTuple() knows
nothing about.

Fix by arranging for the trigger code to exit early, returning the
TM_Result and TM_FailureData information, if a concurrent modification
is detected, allowing the merge code to do the necessary EPQ handling
in its own way. Similarly, prevent the cross-partition update code
from doing any EPQ processing for a merge, allowing the merge code to
work out what it needs to do.

This leads to a number of simplifications in nodeModifyTable.c. Most
notably, the ModifyTableContext->GetUpdateNewTuple() callback is no
longer needed, and mergeGetUpdateNewTuple() can be deleted, since
there is no longer any requirement for get-update-new-tuple during a
merge. Similarly, ModifyTableContext->cpUpdateRetrySlot is no longer
needed. Thus ExecGetUpdateNewTuple() and the retry_slot handling of
ExecCrossPartitionUpdate() can be restored to how they were in v14,
before the merge code was added, and ExecMergeMatched() no longer
needs any special-case handling for cross-partition updates.

While at it, tidy up ExecUpdateEpilogue() a bit, making it handle
recheckIndexes locally, rather than passing it in as a parameter,
ensuring that it is freed properly. This dates back to when it was
split off from ExecUpdate() to support merge.

Per bug #17809 from Alexander Lakhin, and follow-up investigation of
bug #17792, also from Alexander Lakhin.

Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced, taking care to preserve
backwards-compatibility of the trigger API in v15 for any extensions
that might use it.

Discussion:
  https://postgr.es/m/17809-9e6650bef133f0fe%40postgresql.org
  https://postgr.es/m/17792-0f89452029662c36%40postgresql.org
2023-03-13 10:22:22 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut b2bd9a6796 Fix expected test output
For builds without lz4, for 208bf364a9.
2023-03-13 11:15:21 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 208bf364a9 Remove incidental md5() function uses from main regression tests
Most of these calls were to generate some random data.  These can be
replaced by appropriately adapted sha256() calls.  To keep the diff
smaller, we wrap this into a helper function that produces the same
output format and length as the md5() call.

This will eventually allow these tests to pass in OpenSSL FIPS mode
(which does not allow MD5 use).

Similar work for other test suites will follow later.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/dbbd927f-ef1f-c9a1-4ec6-c759778ac852@enterprisedb.com
2023-03-13 10:53:28 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 6a3002715e meson: Make auto the default of the ssl option
The 'ssl' option is of type 'combo', but we add a choice 'auto' that
simulates the behavior of a feature option.  This way, openssl is used
automatically by default if present, but we retain the ability to
potentially select another ssl library.

Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/ad65ffd1-a9a7-fda1-59c6-f7dc763c3051%40enterprisedb.com
2023-03-13 07:04:11 +01:00
Tom Lane 767c598954 Work around implementation restriction in adjust_appendrel_attrs.
adjust_appendrel_attrs can't transfer nullingrel labeling to a non-Var
translation expression (mainly because it's too late to wrap such an
expression in a PlaceHolderVar).  I'd supposed in commit 2489d76c4
that that restriction was unreachable because we'd not attempt to push
problematic clauses down to an appendrel child relation.  I forgot that
set_append_rel_size blindly converts all the parent rel's joininfo
clauses to child clauses, and that list could well contain clauses
from above a nulling outer join.

We might eventually have to devise a direct fix for this implementation
restriction, but for now it seems enough to filter out troublesome
clauses while constructing the child's joininfo list.  Such clauses
are certainly not useful while constructing paths for the child rel;
they'll have to be applied later when we join the completed appendrel
to something else.  So we don't need them here, and omitting them from
the list should save a few cycles while processing the child rel.

Per bug #17832 from Marko Tiikkaja.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17832-d0a8106cdf1b722e@postgresql.org
2023-03-12 14:20:34 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan 872e3d150e Mark unsafe_tests module as not runnable with installcheck
This was an omission in the original creation of the module.

Also slightly adjust some wording to avoid a double "is".

Backpatch the non-meson piece of this to release 12, where the module
was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/be869e1c-8e3f-4cde-8609-212c899cccf9@dunslane.net
2023-03-12 09:00:32 -04:00
Tom Lane d66bb048c3 Ensure COPY TO on an RLS-enabled table copies no more than it should.
The COPY documentation is quite clear that "COPY relation TO" copies
rows from only the named table, not any inheritance children it may
have.  However, if you enabled row-level security on the table then
this stopped being true, because the code forgot to apply the ONLY
modifier in the "SELECT ... FROM relation" query that it constructs
in order to allow RLS predicates to be attached.  Fix that.

Report and patch by Antonin Houska (comment adjustments and test case
by me).  Back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3472.1675251957@antos
2023-03-10 13:52:44 -05:00
Jeff Davis c45dc7ffbb initdb: derive encoding from locale for ICU; similar to libc.
Previously, the default encoding was derived from the locale when
using libc; while the default was always UTF-8 when using ICU. That
would throw an error when the locale was not compatible with UTF-8.

This commit causes initdb to derive the default encoding from the
locale for both providers. If --no-locale is specified (or if the
locale is C or POSIX), the default encoding will be UTF-8 for ICU
(because ICU does not support SQL_ASCII) and SQL_ASCII for libc.

Per buildfarm failure on system "hoverfly" related to commit
27b62377b4.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d191d5841347301a8f1238f609471ddd957fc47e.camel%40j-davis.com
2023-03-10 10:51:24 -08:00
Peter Eisentraut 3e623ebc7a Fix tests for non-ICU build
missed in 0d21d4b9bc
2023-03-10 14:27:55 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 0d21d4b9bc Add standard collation UNICODE
This adds a new predefined collation named UNICODE, which sorts by the
default Unicode collation algorithm specifications, per SQL standard.

This only works if ICU support is built.

Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis <pgsql@j-davis.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1293e382-2093-a2bf-a397-c04e8f83d3c2@enterprisedb.com
2023-03-10 13:35:43 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 012ee84259 Add a test for UCS_BASIC collation 2023-03-10 11:18:08 +01:00
Tom Lane bcc704b524 Reject combining "epoch" and "infinity" with other datetime fields.
Datetime input formerly accepted combinations such as
'1995-08-06 infinity', but this seems like a clear error.
Reject any combination of regular y/m/d/h/m/s fields with
these special tokens.

Joseph Koshakow, reviewed by Keisuke Kuroda and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHdm8wwXwG_FFRaJ1nTHiMWb7YXS2YKCzCt8Q0a2ZoMcHg@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-09 16:49:03 -05:00
Jeff Davis 27b62377b4 Use ICU by default at initdb time.
If the ICU locale is not specified, initialize the default collator
and retrieve the locale name from that.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/510d284759f6e943ce15096167760b2edcb2e700.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
2023-03-09 10:52:41 -08:00
Stephen Frost 8dff2f224f For Kerberos testing, disable reverse DNS lookup
In our Kerberos test suite, there isn't much need to worry about the
normal canonicalization that Kerberos provides by looking up the reverse
DNS for the IP address connected to, and in some cases it can actively
cause problems (eg: a captive portal wifi where the normally not
resolvable localhost address used ends up being resolved anyway, and
not to the domain we are using for testing, causing the entire
regression test to fail with errors about not being able to get a TGT
for the remote realm for cross-realm trust).

Therefore, disable it by adding rdns = false into the krb5.conf that's
generated for the test.

Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y/QD2zDkDYQA1GQt@tamriel.snowman.net
2023-03-09 10:32:49 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 590a075789
Avoid criticizable perl code
Using `require` / `->import` instead of `use` avoids the use of a
"stringy eval", making for cleaner code that we don't need to silence
perlcritic about.

Per Andrew Dunstan

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7cd3bbbd-0216-4436-d571-8f80c9259a07@dunslane.net
2023-03-09 12:02:18 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera 87e4f24d82
001_libpq_pipeline.pl: use Test::Differences if available
When one of these tests fails to match the trace, this better shows what
the problem is.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220617183150.ilgokxp22mzywnhh@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
2023-03-08 18:31:55 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 30a53b7929 Allow tailoring of ICU locales with custom rules
This exposes the ICU facility to add custom collation rules to a
standard collation.

New options are added to CREATE COLLATION, CREATE DATABASE, createdb,
and initdb to set the rules.

Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/821c71a4-6ef0-d366-9acf-bb8e367f739f@enterprisedb.com
2023-03-08 16:56:37 +01:00
Tom Lane 99be6feec9 Fix more bugs caused by adding columns to the end of a view.
If a view is defined atop another view, and then CREATE OR REPLACE
VIEW is used to add columns to the lower view, then when the upper
view's referencing RTE is expanded by ApplyRetrieveRule we will have
a subquery RTE with fewer eref->colnames than output columns.  This
confuses various code that assumes those lists are always in sync,
as they are in plain parser output.

We have seen such problems before (cf commit d5b760ecb), and now
I think the time has come to do what was speculated about in that
commit: let's make ApplyRetrieveRule synthesize some column names to
preserve the invariant that holds in parser output.  Otherwise we'll
be chasing this class of bugs indefinitely.  Moreover, it appears from
testing that this actually gives us better results in the test case
d5b760ecb added, and likely in other corner cases that we lack
coverage for.

In HEAD, I replaced d5b760ecb's hack to make expandRTE exit early with
an elog(ERROR) call, since the case is now presumably unreachable.
But it seems like changing that in back branches would bring more risk
than benefit, so there I just updated the comment.

Per bug #17811 from Alexander Lakhin.  Back-patch to all supported
branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17811-d31686b78f0dffc9@postgresql.org
2023-03-07 18:21:53 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut ce1215d9b0 Add support for unit "B" to pg_size_bytes()
This makes it consistent with the units support in GUC.

Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/0106914a-9eb5-22be-40d8-652cc88c827d%40enterprisedb.com
2023-03-07 20:31:16 +01:00
Andres Freund 1be0fdb9de Fix flakey pg_stat_io test
Wrap test of pg_stat_io's tracking of shared buffer reads in a transaction to
prevent concurrent accesses (e.g. by autovacuum) causing spurious test
failures.

Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20230306190919.ai6mxdq3sygyyths%40awork3.anarazel.de
2023-03-07 10:08:38 -08:00
Tom Lane 7fee7871b4 Fix some more cases of missed GENERATED-column updates.
If UPDATE is forced to retry after an EvalPlanQual check, it neglected
to repeat GENERATED-column computations, even though those might well
have changed since we're dealing with a different tuple than before.
Fixing this is mostly a matter of looping back a bit further when
we retry.  In v15 and HEAD that's most easily done by altering the API
of ExecUpdateAct so that it includes computing GENERATED expressions.

Also, if an UPDATE in a partitioned table turns into a cross-partition
INSERT operation, we failed to recompute GENERATED columns.  That's a
bug since 8bf6ec3ba allowed partitions to have different generation
expressions; although it seems to have no ill effects before that.
Fixing this is messier because we can now have situations where the same
query needs both the UPDATE-aligned set of GENERATED columns and the
INSERT-aligned set, and it's unclear which set will be generated first
(else we could hack things by forcing the INSERT-aligned set to be
generated, which is indeed how fe9e658f4 made it work for MERGE).
The best fix seems to be to build and store separate sets of expressions
for the INSERT and UPDATE cases.  That would create ABI issues in the
back branches, but so far it seems we can leave this alone in the back
branches.

Per bug #17823 from Hisahiro Kauchi.  The first part of this affects all
branches back to v12 where GENERATED columns were added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17823-b64909cf7d63de84@postgresql.org
2023-03-06 18:31:27 -05:00
Michael Paquier 4211fbd841 Add PROCESS_MAIN to VACUUM
Disabling this option is useful to run VACUUM (with or without FULL) on
only the toast table of a relation, bypassing the main relation.  This
option is enabled by default.

Running directly VACUUM on a toast table was already possible without
this feature, by using the non-deterministic name of a toast relation
(as of pg_toast.pg_toast_N, where N would be the OID of the parent
relation) in the VACUUM command, and it required a scan of pg_class to
know the name of the toast table.  So this feature is basically a
shortcut to be able to run VACUUM or VACUUM FULL on a toast relation,
using only the name of the parent relation.

A new switch called --no-process-main is added to vacuumdb, to work as
an equivalent of PROCESS_MAIN.

Regression tests are added to cover VACUUM and VACUUM FULL, looking at
pg_stat_all_tables.vacuum_count to see how many vacuums have run on
each table, main or toast.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221230000028.GA435655@nathanxps13
2023-03-06 16:41:05 +09:00
Michael Paquier 46d490ac19 Improve the regression tests of VACUUM (PROCESS_TOAST)
All the regression tests of VACUUM (PROCESS_TOAST) were only checking if
the commands were able to run, without checking if VACUUM was really
running on what it should.  This expands this set of tests so as we now
look at pg_stat_all_tables.vacuum_count to see how many vacuums have
been run on a given table and its toast relation.

Extracted from a larger patch by the same author, as this is useful on
its own.

Special thanks to Álvaro Herrera for the idea of using
pg_stat_all_tables to check the state of the toast relation.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221230000028.GA435655@nathanxps13
2023-03-06 15:40:56 +09:00
Thomas Munro 47c0accbe0 Fix assert failures in parallel SERIALIZABLE READ ONLY.
1.  Make sure that we don't decrement SxactGlobalXminCount twice when
the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE optimization is reached in a parallel query.
This could trigger a sanity check failure in assert builds.  Non-assert
builds recompute the count in SetNewSxactGlobalXmin(), so the problem
was hidden, explaining the lack of field reports.  Add a new isolation
test to exercise that case.

2.  Remove an assertion that the DOOMED flag can't be set on a partially
released SERIALIZABLEXACT.  Instead, ignore the flag (our transaction
was already determined to be read-only safe, and DOOMED is in fact set
during partial release, and there was already an assertion that it
wasn't set sooner).  Improve an existing isolation test so that it
reaches that case (previously it wasn't quite testing what it was
supposed to be testing; see discussion).

Back-patch to 12.  Bug #17116.  Defects in commit 47a338cf.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17116-d6ca217acc180e30%40postgresql.org
2023-03-06 15:07:15 +13:00
Peter Eisentraut 102a5c164a SQL JSON path enhanced numeric literals
Add support for non-decimal integer literals and underscores in
numeric literals to SQL JSON path language.  This follows the rules of
ECMAScript, as referred to by the SQL standard.

Internally, all the numeric literal parsing of jsonpath goes through
numeric_in, which already supports all this, so this patch is just a
bit of lexer work and some tests and documentation.

Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b11b25bb-6ec1-d42f-cedd-311eae59e1fb@enterprisedb.com
2023-03-05 15:19:58 +01:00
Tom Lane 6949b921d5 Avoid failure when altering state of partitioned foreign-key triggers.
Beginning in v15, if you apply ALTER TABLE ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER to
a partitioned table, it also affects the partitions' cloned versions
of the affected trigger(s).  The initial implementation of this
located the clones by name, but that fails on foreign-key triggers
which have names incorporating their own OIDs.  We can fix that, and
also make the behavior more bulletproof in the face of user-initiated
trigger renames, by identifying the cloned triggers by tgparentid.

Following the lead of earlier commits in this area, I took care not
to break ABI in the v15 branch, even though I rather doubt there
are any external callers of EnableDisableTrigger.

While here, update the documentation, which was not touched when
the semantics were changed.

Per bug #17817 from Alan Hodgson.  Back-patch to v15; older versions
do not have this behavior.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17817-31dfb7c2100d9f3d@postgresql.org
2023-03-04 13:32:35 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut b6a0d469ca meson: Prevent installation of test files during main install
Previously, meson installed modules under src/test/modules/ as part of
a normal installation, even though these files are only meant for use
by tests.  This is because there is no way to set up up the build
system to install extra things only when told.

This patch fixes that with a workaround: We don't install these
modules as part of meson install, but we create a new "test" that runs
before the real tests whose action it is to install these files.  The
installation is done by manual copies using a small helper script.

Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2a039e8e-f31f-31e8-afe7-bab3130ad2de%40enterprisedb.com
2023-03-03 07:45:52 +01:00
Michael Paquier d28a449854 Force testing of query jumbling in 027_stream_regress.pl
Coverage of the query jumbling code has always relied on the queries
included in the regression tests of pg_stat_statements.  This has its
limitations, as a lot of query patterns have never really stressed the
query jumbling code.  The situation got a bit worse since the query
jumbling has been added in the backend core code (5fd9dfa), hence new
nodes that should be included in the jumbling could easily be missed,
resulting in failures in pg_stat_statements or any modules that require
query ID computations.  Forcing a load of pg_stat_statements in
027_stream_regress.pl ensures that nodes are never missed in the
computations, without having to rely on a buildfarm member for this
check.

Before this commit, the line coverage of queryjumblefuncs.funcs.c was
around 48.5%, now up to 94.6% just by running 027_stream_regress.pl.
A basic check is added to show that pg_stat_statements reports are
generated after the main regression test suite is finished.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y+nD9LN70w+8eaG9@paquier.xyz
2023-03-03 10:41:51 +09:00
Tom Lane 98a88bc2bc Harden new test case against force_parallel_mode = regress.
Per buildfarm: worker processes can't see a role created in
the current transaction.
2023-03-02 17:47:20 -05:00
Tom Lane 3dfae91f7a Show "internal name" not "source code" in psql's \df+ command.
Our previous habit of showing the full function body is really
pretty unfriendly for tabular viewing of functions, and now that
we have \sf and \ef commands there seems no good reason why \df+
has to do it.  It still seems to make sense to show prosrc for
internal and C-language functions, since in those cases prosrc
is just the C function name; but then let's rename the column to
"Internal name" which is a more accurate descriptor.

Isaac Morland

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsGm5eqKc6J1=Lwn=ZONG=6ZDYWRQ4cgZQLqMuZGB1aVt_JBg@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-02 17:15:13 -05:00
Daniel Gustafsson 7ab1bc2939 Fix outdated references to guc.c
Commit 0a20ff54f split out the GUC variables from guc.c into a new file
guc_tables.c. This updates comments referencing guc.c regarding variables
which are now in guc_tables.c.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6B50C70C-8C1F-4F9A-A7C0-EEAFCC032406@yesql.se
2023-03-02 13:49:39 +01:00
Tom Lane d7056bc1c7 Avoid fetching one past the end of translate()'s "to" parameter.
This is usually harmless, but if you were very unlucky it could
provoke a segfault due to the "to" string being right up against
the end of memory.  Found via valgrind testing (so we might've
found it earlier, except that our regression tests lacked any
exercise of translate()'s deletion feature).

Fix by switching the order of the test-for-end-of-string and
advance-pointer steps.  While here, compute "to_ptr + tolen"
just once.  (Smarter compilers might figure that out for
themselves, but let's just make sure.)

Report and fix by Daniil Anisimov, in bug #17816.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17816-70f3d2764e88a108@postgresql.org
2023-03-01 11:30:31 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan b5737efea0 Remove unnecessary and problematic collate.windows.win1252 tests
Some windows instances can't handle setting lc_time to a non BCP 47
locale, and the removed tests in any case don't really make lots of
sense here.

Juan José Santamaría Flecha

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/237b255b-e063-a82e-66e1-c63a12bf9664@dunslane.net
2023-02-28 15:47:07 -05:00
Michael Paquier 737668d9e3 Fix expected output of xml_2.out
Per buildfarm members snakefly, parula and prion, that reflect the
results coming from the latest versions of libxml2.

Oversight in b8da37b in the shape of an incorrect copy-paste.  The CI
was green, but it does not stress this expected output.
2023-02-28 08:37:37 +09:00
Michael Paquier b8da37b3ad Rework pg_input_error_message(), now renamed pg_input_error_info()
pg_input_error_info() is now a SQL function able to return a row with
more than just the error message generated for incorrect data type
inputs when these are able to handle soft failures, returning more
contents of ErrorData, as of:
- The error message (same as before).
- The error detail, if set.
- The error hint, if set.
- SQL error code.

All the regression tests that relied on pg_input_error_message() are
updated to reflect the effects of the rename.

Per discussion with Tom Lane and Andrew Dunstan.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/139a68e1-bd1f-a9a7-b5fe-0be9845c6311@dunslane.net
2023-02-28 08:04:13 +09:00
Tom Lane 87f3667ec0 Fix MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK with partitioned target tables, yet again.
We already tried to fix this in commits 3f7323cbb et al (and follow-on
fixes), but now it emerges that there are still unfixed cases;
moreover, these cases affect all branches not only pre-v14.  I thought
we had eliminated all cases of making multiple clones of an UPDATE's
target list when we nuked inheritance_planner.  But it turns out we
still do that in some partitioned-UPDATE cases, notably including
INSERT ... ON CONFLICT UPDATE, because ExecInitPartitionInfo thinks
it's okay to clone and modify the parent's targetlist.

This fix is based on a suggestion from Andres Freund: let's stop
abusing the ParamExecData.execPlan mechanism, which was only ever
meant to handle initplans, and instead solve the execution timing
problem by having the expression compiler move MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK steps
to the front of their expression step lists.  This is feasible because
(a) all branches still in support compile the entire targetlist of
an UPDATE into a single ExprState, and (b) we know that all
MULTIEXPR_SUBLINKs do need to be evaluated --- none could be buried
inside a CASE, for example.  There is a minor semantics change
concerning the order of execution of the MULTIEXPR's subquery versus
other parts of the parent targetlist, but that seems like something
we can get away with.  By doing that, we no longer need to worry
about whether different clones of a MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK share output
Params; their usage of that data structure won't overlap.

Per bug #17800 from Alexander Lakhin.  Back-patch to all supported
branches.  In v13 and earlier, we can revert 3f7323cbb and follow-on
fixes; however, I chose to keep the SubPlan.subLinkId field added
in ccbb54c72.  We don't need that anymore in the core code, but it's
cheap enough to fill, and removing a plan node field in a minor
release seems like it'd be asking for trouble.

Andres Freund and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17800-ff90866b3906c964@postgresql.org
2023-02-25 14:44:14 -05:00
Dean Rasheed a7d71c41db Fix mishandling of OLD/NEW references in subqueries in rule actions.
If a rule action contains a subquery that refers to columns from OLD
or NEW, then those are really lateral references, and the planner will
complain if it sees such things in a subquery that isn't marked as
lateral. However, at rule-definition time, the user isn't required to
mark the subquery with LATERAL, and so it can fail when the rule is
used.

Fix this by marking such subqueries as lateral in the rewriter, at the
point where they're used.

Dean Rasheed and Tom Lane, per report from Alexander Lakhin.
Back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5e09da43-aaba-7ea7-0a51-a2eb981b058b%40gmail.com
2023-02-25 14:41:12 +00:00
Daniel Gustafsson d959523257 Disallow NULLS NOT DISTINCT indexes for primary keys
A unique index which is created with non-distinct NULLS cannot be
used for backing a primary key constraint.  Make sure to disallow
such table alterations and teach pg_dump to drop the non-distinct
NULLS clause on indexes where this has been set.

Bug: 17720
Reported-by: Reiner Peterke <zedaardv@drizzle.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17720-dab8ee0fa85d316d@postgresql.org
2023-02-24 11:09:50 +01:00
Tom Lane 739f1d6218 Fix mis-handling of outer join quals generated by EquivalenceClasses.
It's possible, in admittedly-rather-contrived cases, for an eclass
to generate a derived "join" qual that constrains the post-outer-join
value(s) of some RHS variable(s) without mentioning the LHS at all.
While the mechanisms were set up to work for this, we fell foul of
the "get_common_eclass_indexes" filter installed by commit 3373c7155:
it could decide that such an eclass wasn't relevant to the join, so
that the required qual clause wouldn't get emitted there or anywhere
else.

To fix, apply get_common_eclass_indexes only at inner joins, where
its rule is still valid.  At an outer join, fall back to examining all
eclasses that mention either input (or the OJ relid, though it should
be impossible for an eclass to mention that without mentioning either
input).  Perhaps we can improve on that later, but the cost/benefit of
adding more complexity to skip some irrelevant eclasses is dubious.

To allow cheaply distinguishing outer from inner joins, pass the
ojrelid to generate_join_implied_equalities as a separate argument.
This also allows cleaning up some sloppiness that had crept into
the definition of its join_relids argument, and it allows accurate
calculation of nominal_join_relids for a child outer join.  (The
latter oversight seems not to have been a live bug, but it certainly
could have caused problems in future.)

Also fix what might be a live bug in check_index_predicates: it was
being sloppy about what it passed to generate_join_implied_equalities.

Per report from Richard Guo.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-DsTBfOvXuw64GdFss2=M5cwtEhY=0DCS7t2gT7P6hSA@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-23 11:05:58 -05:00
Dean Rasheed 75c737636b Fix multi-row DEFAULT handling for INSERT ... SELECT rules.
Given an updatable view with a DO ALSO INSERT ... SELECT rule, a
multi-row INSERT ... VALUES query on the view fails if the VALUES list
contains any DEFAULTs that are not replaced by view defaults. This
manifests as an "unrecognized node type" error, or an Assert failure,
in an assert-enabled build.

The reason is that when RewriteQuery() attempts to replace the
remaining DEFAULT items with NULLs in any product queries, using
rewriteValuesRTEToNulls(), it assumes that the VALUES RTE is located
at the same rangetable index in each product query. However, if the
product query is an INSERT ... SELECT, then the VALUES RTE is actually
in the SELECT part of that query (at the same index), rather than the
top-level product query itself.

Fix, by descending to the SELECT in such cases. Note that we can't
simply use getInsertSelectQuery() for this, since that expects to be
given a raw rule action with OLD and NEW placeholder entries, so we
duplicate its logic instead.

While at it, beef up the checks in getInsertSelectQuery() by checking
that the jointree->fromlist node is indeed a RangeTblRef, and that the
RTE it points to has rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY.

Per bug #17803, from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all supported
branches.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17803-53c63ed4ecb4eac6%40postgresql.org
2023-02-23 10:53:01 +00:00
Daniel Gustafsson 337903a16f Consider a failed process as a failed test in pg_regress
Commit 55de145d1c added reporting of child process failures, but the
test suite is still allowed to pass even if the process failed. Since
regress tests are higher level tests, a false positive is more likely
in this case so report failed test processes as failed tests.

Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/82C46B5E-1821-4039-82C2-56BCA5992989@yesql.se
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221122235636.4frx7hjterq6bmls@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-02-23 09:25:47 +01:00
Tom Lane a75ff55c83 Fix some issues with wrong placement of pseudo-constant quals.
initsplan.c figured that it could push Var-free qual clauses to
the top of the current JoinDomain, which is okay in the abstract.
But if the current domain is inside some outer join, and we later
commute an inside-the-domain outer join with one outside it,
we end up placing the pushed-up qual clause incorrectly.

In distribute_qual_to_rels, avoid this by using the syntactic scope
of the qual clause; with the exception that if we're in the top-level
join domain we can still use the full query relid set, ensuring the
resulting gating Result node goes to the top of the plan.  (This is
approximately as smart as the pre-v16 code was.  Perhaps we can do
better later, but it's not clear that such cases are worth a lot of
sweat.)

In process_implied_equality, we don't have a clear notion of syntactic
scope, but we do have the results of SpecialJoinInfo construction.
Thumb through those and remove any lower outer joins that might get
commuted to above the join domain.  Again, we can make an exception
for the top-level join domain.  It'd be possible to work harder here
(for example, by keeping outer joins that aren't shown as potentially
commutable), but I'm going to stop here for the moment.  This issue
has convinced me that the current representation of join domains
probably needs further refinement, so I'm disinclined to write
inessential dependent logic just yet.

In passing, tighten the qualscope passed to process_implied_equality
by generate_base_implied_equalities_no_const; there's no need for
it to be larger than the rel we are currently considering.

Tom Lane and Richard Guo, per report from Tender Wang.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHewXNk9eJ35ru5xATWioTV4+xZPHptjy9etdcNPjUfY9RQ+uQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-22 12:39:11 -05:00
Dean Rasheed 0d3b49d4af Fix Assert failure for MERGE into a partitioned table with RLS.
In ExecInitPartitionInfo(), the Assert when building the WITH CHECK
OPTION list for the new partition assumed that the command would be an
INSERT or UPDATE, but it can also be a MERGE. This can be triggered by
a MERGE into a partitioned table with RLS checks to enforce.

Fix, and back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWWFtQmW67F3XTyMU5Am10Oxa_b8oe0x%2BNu5Mo%2BCdRErg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-02-22 10:51:34 +00:00
Dean Rasheed 80a48e0f21 Fix MERGE command tag for cross-partition updates.
This ensures that the row count in the command tag for a MERGE is
correctly computed. Previously, if MERGE updated a partitioned table,
the row count would be incorrect if any row was moved to a different
partition, since such updates were counted twice.

Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWRMG7XX2QEsVL1LswmNo2d_YG8tKTLkpD3=Lp644S7rg@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-22 09:39:09 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut 2ddab010c2 Implement ANY_VALUE aggregate
SQL:2023 defines an ANY_VALUE aggregate whose purpose is to emit an
implementation-dependent (i.e. non-deterministic) value from the
aggregated rows.

Author: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5cff866c-10a8-d2df-32cb-e9072e6b04a2@postgresfriends.org
2023-02-22 09:33:07 +01:00
Michael Paquier 8a8661828a Fix corruption of templates after CREATE DATABASE .. STRATEGY WAL_LOG
WAL_LOG does a scan of the template's pg_class to determine the set of
relations that need to be copied from a template database to the new
one.  However, as coded in 9c08aea, this copy strategy would load the
pages of pg_class without considering it as a permanent relation,
causing the loaded pages to never be flushed when they should.  Any
modification of the template's pg_class, mostly through DDLs, would then
be missed, causing corruptions.

STRATEGY = WAL_LOG is the default over FILE_COPY since it has been
introduced, so any changes done to pg_class on a database template would
be gone.  Updates of database templates should be a rare thing, so the
impact of this bug should be hopefully limited.  The pre-14 default
strategy FILE_COPY is safe, and can be used as a workaround.

Ryo Matsumura has found and analyzed the issue, and Nathan has written a
test able to reproduce the failure (with few tweaks from me).

Backpatch down to 15, where STRATEGY = WAL_LOG has been introduced.

Author: Nathan Bossart, Ryo Matsumura
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYCPR01MB6868677E499C9AD5123084B5E8A39@TYCPR01MB6868.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Backpatch-through: 15
2023-02-22 10:14:52 +09:00
Tom Lane 8028e294b4 Detect overflow in timestamp[tz] subtraction.
It's possible to overflow the int64 microseconds field of the
output interval when subtracting two timestamps.  Detect that
instead of silently returning a bogus result.

Nick Babadzhanian

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABw73Uq2oJ3E+kYvvDuY04EkhhkChim2e-PaghBDjOmgUAMWGw@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-20 17:26:25 -05:00
Tom Lane f0d0394e84 Fix parsing of ISO-8601 interval fields with exponential notation.
Historically we've accepted interval input like 'P.1e10D'.  This
is probably an accident of having used strtod() to do the parsing,
rather than something anyone intended, but it's been that way for
a long time.  Commit e39f99046 broke this by trying to parse the
integer and fractional parts separately, without accounting for
the possibility of an exponent.  In principle that coding allowed
for precise conversions of field values wider than 15 decimal
digits, but that does not seem like a goal worth sweating bullets
for.  So, rather than trying to manage an exponent on top of the
existing complexity, let's just revert to the previous coding that
used strtod() by itself.  We can still improve on the old code to
the extent of allowing the value to range up to 1.0e15 rather than
only INT_MAX.  (Allowing more than that risks creating problems
due to precision loss: the converted fractional part might have
absolute value more than 1.  Perhaps that could be dealt with in
some way, but it really does not seem worth additional effort.)

Per bug #17795 from Alexander Lakhin.  Back-patch to v15 where
the faulty code came in.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17795-748d6db3ed95d313@postgresql.org
2023-02-20 16:55:59 -05:00
Tom Lane f6db76c555 Prevent join removal from removing the query's result relation.
This was not something that required consideration before MERGE
was invented; but MERGE builds a join tree that left-joins to the
result relation, meaning that remove_useless_joins will consider
removing it.  That should generally be stopped by the query's use
of output variables from the result relation.  However, if the
result relation is inherited (e.g. a partitioned table) then
we don't add any row identity variables to the query until
expand_inherited_rtentry, which happens after join removal.

This was exposed as of commit 3c569049b, which made it possible
to deduce that a partitioned table could contain at most one row
matching a join key, enabling removal of the not-yet-expanded
result relation.  Ooops.

To fix, let's just teach join_is_removable that the query result
rel is never removable.  It's a cheap enough test in any case,
and it'll save some cycles that we'd otherwise expend in proving
that it's not removable, even in the cases we got right.

Back-patch to v15 where MERGE was added.  Although I think the
case cannot be reached in v15, this seems like cheap insurance.

Per investigation of a report from Alexander Lakhin.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/36bee393-b351-16ac-93b2-d46d83637e45@gmail.com
2023-02-20 15:18:32 -05:00
Tom Lane 393430f575 Print the correct aliases for DML target tables in ruleutils.
ruleutils.c blindly printed the user-given alias (or nothing if there
hadn't been one) for the target table of INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE queries.
That works a large percentage of the time, but not always: for queries
appearing in WITH, it's possible that we chose a different alias to
avoid conflict with outer-scope names.  Since the chosen alias would
be used in any Var references to the target table, this'd lead to an
inconsistent printout with consequences such as dump/restore failures.

The correct logic for printing (or not) a relation alias was embedded
in get_from_clause_item.  Factor it out to a separate function so that
we don't need a jointree node to use it.  (Only a limited part of that
function can be reached from these new call sites, but this seems like
the cleanest non-duplicative factorization.)

In passing, I got rid of a redundant "\d+ rules_src" step in rules.sql.

Initial report from Jonathan Katz; thanks to Vignesh C for analysis.
This has been broken for a long time, so back-patch to all supported
branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e947fa21-24b2-f922-375a-d4f763ef3e4b@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm1MMntjmT_NJGp-Z=xbF02qHGAyuSHfYHias3TqQbPF2w@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-17 16:40:34 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 881a91781f Fix incorrect format placeholder 2023-02-17 14:10:48 +01:00
Tom Lane a0fa18cc0d Fix check for child column generation status matching parent.
In commit 8bf6ec3ba, I mistakenly supposed that MergeAttributes'
loop over saved_schema was reprocessing column definitions that
had already been checked earlier: there is a variant syntax for
creating a child partition in which that's not true.  So we need
to duplicate the full check appearing further up.

(Actually, I believe that the "if (restdef->identity)" part is
not reachable, because we reject identity on partitions earlier.
But it seems wise to keep the check, in case that's ever relaxed,
and to keep this code in sync with the other instance.)

Per report from Alexander Lakhin.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4a8200ca-8378-653e-38ed-b2e1f1611aa6@gmail.com
2023-02-16 18:51:55 -05:00
David Rowley 5352ca22e0 Rename force_parallel_mode to debug_parallel_query
force_parallel_mode is meant to be used to allow us to exercise the
parallel query infrastructure to ensure that it's working as we expect.
It seems some users think this GUC is for forcing the query planner into
picking a parallel plan regardless of the costs.  A quick look at the
documentation would have made them realize that they were wrong, but the
GUC is likely too conveniently named which, evidently, seems to often
result in users expecting that it forces the planner into usefully
parallelizing queries.

Here we rename the GUC to something which casual users are less likely to
mistakenly think is what they need to make their query run more quickly.

For now, the old name can still be used.  We'll revisit if the old name
mapping can be removed once the buildfarm configs are all updated.

Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrsOi92_uA7PEaHZMH-S4Xv+MGhQWA+GrP8b1kjpS1HjQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-15 21:21:59 +13:00
Michael Paquier 9244c11afe Fix handling of SCRAM-SHA-256's channel binding with RSA-PSS certificates
OpenSSL 1.1.1 and newer versions have added support for RSA-PSS
certificates, which requires the use of a specific routine in OpenSSL to
determine which hash function to use when compiling it when using
channel binding in SCRAM-SHA-256.  X509_get_signature_nid(), that is the
original routine the channel binding code has relied on, is not able to
determine which hash algorithm to use for such certificates.  However,
X509_get_signature_info(), new to OpenSSL 1.1.1, is able to do it.  This
commit switches the channel binding logic to rely on
X509_get_signature_info() over X509_get_signature_nid(), which would be
the choice when building with 1.1.1 or newer.

The error could have been triggered on the client or the server, hence
libpq and the backend need to have their related code paths patched.
Note that attempting to load an RSA-PSS certificate with OpenSSL 1.1.0
or older leads to a failure due to an unsupported algorithm.

The discovery of relying on X509_get_signature_info() comes from Jacob,
the tests have been written by Heikki (with few tweaks from me), while I
have bundled the whole together while adding the bits needed for MSVC
and meson.

This issue exists since channel binding exists, so backpatch all the way
down.  Some tests are added in 15~, triggered if compiling with OpenSSL
1.1.1 or newer, where the certificate and key files can easily be
generated for RSA-PSS.

Reported-by: Gunnar "Nick" Bluth
Author: Jacob Champion, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17760-b6c61e752ec07060@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-02-15 10:12:16 +09:00
Tom Lane c7468c73f7 Fix buggy recursion in flatten_rtes_walker().
Must save-and-restore the context we are modifying.
Oversight in commit a61b1f748.

Tender Wang

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHewXNnnNySD_YcKNuFpQDV2gxWA7_YLWqHmYVcyoOYxn8kY2A@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230212233711.GA1316@telsasoft.com
2023-02-13 12:19:58 -05:00
Tom Lane f50f029c49 Fix thinkos in have_unsafe_outer_join_ref; reduce to Assert check.
Late in the development of commit 2489d76c4, I (tgl) incorrectly
concluded that the new function have_unsafe_outer_join_ref couldn't
ever reach its inner loop.  That should be the case if the inner
rel's parameterization is based on just one Var, but it could be
based on Vars from several relations, and then not only is the
inner loop reachable but it's wrongly coded.

Despite those errors, it still appears that the whole thing is
redundant given previous join_is_legal checks, so let's arrange
to only run it in assert-enabled builds.

Diagnosis and patch by Richard Guo, per fuzz testing by Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230212235823.GW1653@telsasoft.com
2023-02-13 11:45:32 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 9a31256231
Fix object identity string for transforms
In commit ad89a5d115, we added an unhelpful 'ON' that doesn't match
the input syntax.  This was discovered while adding code to support for
DDL in logical replication.

No backpatch because of the change of behavior, however improbable it
may be that somebody is depending on this.

Author: Zheng Li <zhengli10@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAD30UKg8rXeGM8Oy_MAmxKBL_K5DiHXdeNF=hUefcu1C_6VfQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-13 14:03:09 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera a1acdacada
Add wait_for_replay_catchup wrapper to Cluster.pm
This simplifies a few lines of Perl test code a bit.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/846724b5-0723-f4c2-8b13-75301ec7509e@gmail.com
2023-02-13 11:52:19 +01:00
David Rowley 7da51590ed Fix incorrect presorted DISTINCT aggregate if condition
Here we fix a faulty "if" condition which failed to correctly handle two
or more consecutive NULL transition values when checking if the new value
is DISTINCT from the old value for presorted aggregates.  Given a suitably
non-strict aggregate transition function, a byref aggregate could cause a
crash due to calling the type's equality function and passing along a
(Datum) 0 value to test for equality, the equality function would then try
to dereference that 0 Datum and segfault.  For byval types, there'd have
been no crash and the equality function would have seen that the two 0
Datums matched, which (only by chance) meant the calling code would have
worked correctly.

Here we ensure that we only call the equality function when neither of
the input values are NULL.

This code is all new as of 1349d2790, so no backpatch needed.

Reported-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/860c6d6f-a3c5-3ae9-9da2-827177bede06@oss.nttdata.com
2023-02-13 20:38:37 +13:00
Tom Lane 5e80d35154 Avoid dereferencing an undefined pointer in DecodeInterval().
Commit e39f99046 moved some code up closer to the start of
DecodeInterval(), without noticing that it had been implicitly
relying on previous checks to reject the case of empty input.
Given empty input, we'd now dereference a pointer that hadn't been
set, possibly leading to a core dump.  (But if we fail to provoke
a SIGSEGV, nothing bad happens, and the expected syntax error is
thrown a bit later.)

Per bug #17788 from Alexander Lakhin.  Back-patch to v15 where
the fault was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17788-dabac9f98f7eafd5@postgresql.org
2023-02-12 12:50:55 -05:00
Andres Freund 10a082bf72 Add tests for pg_stat_io
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200124195226.lth52iydq2n2uilq@alap3.anarazel.de
2023-02-11 10:05:04 -08:00
Andres Freund 9c83bbcf7e Create regress_tblspc in test_setup
An upcoming test needs to use a tablespace as part of its test. Historically,
we wanted tablespace creation be done in a dedicated file, so it's easy to
disable when testing replication. But that is not necessary anymore, due to
allow_in_place_tablespaces.

Create regress_tblspace tablespace in test_setup. Move the tablespace test to
the end of the parallel schedule, so other tests can use it.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200124195226.lth52iydq2n2uilq@alap3.anarazel.de
2023-02-11 10:03:04 -08:00
Andres Freund a9c70b46db Add pg_stat_io view, providing more detailed IO statistics
Builds on 28e626bde0 and f30d62c2fc. See the former for motivation.

Rows of the view show IO operations for a particular backend type, IO target
object, IO context combination (e.g. a client backend's operations on
permanent relations in shared buffers) and each column in the view is the
total number of IO Operations done (e.g. writes). So a cell in the view would
be, for example, the number of blocks of relation data written from shared
buffers by client backends since the last stats reset.

In anticipation of tracking WAL IO and non-block-oriented IO (such as
temporary file IO), the "op_bytes" column specifies the unit of the "reads",
"writes", and "extends" columns for a given row.

Rows for combinations of IO operation, backend type, target object and context
that never occur, are ommitted entirely. For example, checkpointer will never
operate on temporary relations.

Similarly, if an IO operation never occurs for such a combination, the IO
operation's cell will be null, to distinguish from 0 observed IO
operations. For example, bgwriter should not perform reads.

Note that some of the cells in the view are redundant with fields in
pg_stat_bgwriter (e.g. buffers_backend). For now, these have been kept for
backwards compatibility.

Bumps catversion.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Author: Samay Sharma <smilingsamay@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maciek Sakrejda <m.sakrejda@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Fittl <lukas@fittl.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200124195226.lth52iydq2n2uilq@alap3.anarazel.de
2023-02-11 09:52:15 -08:00
Tom Lane 44e56baa80 Fix join removal logic to clean up sub-RestrictInfos of OR clauses.
analyzejoins.c took care to clean out removed relids from the
clause_relids and required_relids of RestrictInfos associated with
the doomed rel ... but it paid no attention to the fact that if such a
RestrictInfo contains an OR clause, there will be sub-RestrictInfos
containing similar fields.

I'm more than a bit surprised that this oversight hasn't caused
visible problems before.  In any case, it's certainly broken now,
so add logic to clean out the sub-RestrictInfos recursively.
We might need to back-patch this someday.

Per bug #17786 from Robins Tharakan.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17786-f1ea7fbdab97daec@postgresql.org
2023-02-10 14:52:36 -05:00
Tom Lane acc5821e4d Further fixes in qual nullingrel adjustment for outer join commutation.
One of the add_nulling_relids calls in deconstruct_distribute_oj_quals
added an OJ relid to too few Vars, while the other added it to too
many.  We should consider the syntactic structure not
min_left/righthand while deciding which Vars to decorate, and when
considering pushing up a lower outer join pursuant to transforming the
second form of OJ identity 3 to the first form, we only want to
decorate Vars coming from its LHS.

In a related bug, I realized that make_outerjoininfo was failing to
check a very basic property that's needed to apply OJ identity 3:
the syntactically-upper outer join clause can't refer to the lower
join's LHS.  This didn't break the join order restriction logic,
but it led to setting bogus commute_xxx bits, possibly resulting
in bogus nullingrel markings in modified quals.

Richard Guo and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs497CmBruMx1SOjepWEz+T5NWa4scqbdE9v7ZzSXqH_gQw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEP4nAx9C5gXNBfEA0JBfz7B+5f1Bawt-RWQWyhev-wdps8BZA@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-10 13:31:00 -05:00
Michael Paquier ef7002dbe0 Fix various typos in code and tests
Most of these are recent, and the documentation portions are new as of
v16 so there is no need for a backpatch.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230208155644.GM1653@telsasoft.com
2023-02-09 14:43:53 +09:00
Tom Lane 798c017634 remove_rel_from_query() must clean up PlaceHolderVar.phrels fields.
While we got away with this sloppiness before, it's not okay now
that fee7b77b9 caused build_joinrel_tlist() to make use of phrels.
Per report from Robins Tharakan.

Richard Guo (some cosmetic tweaks by me)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_ngw9sKxpTE8hqk=-ooVX_CQP3DarA4HzkRMz_JKpTrA@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-08 14:08:46 -05:00
Michael Paquier b7e84c65d5 Remove SQL regression tests for GUCs related to NO_SHOW_ALL
No GUCs that use NO_SHOW_ALL are reported in pg_show_all_settings(),
hence trying to check combinations of flags related to it is pointless.

These queries have been introduced by d10e41d, so backpatch down to 15
to keep all the branches consistent.  Equivalent checks based on
NO_SHOW_ALL could be added in check_GUC_init() when a GUC is initially
loaded, but this can be done only on HEAD.

Author: Nitin Jadhav
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMm1aWaYe0muu3ABo7iSAgK+OWDS9yNe8GGRYnCyeEpScYKa+g@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 15
2023-02-08 16:56:21 +09:00
Tom Lane fee7b77b90 Rethink nullingrel marking rules in build_joinrel_tlist().
The logic for when to add the current outer join's own relid
to the nullingrels sets of output Vars and PHVs was overly
complicated and underly correct.  Not sure why I didn't think
of this before, but since what we want is marking per the
syntactic structure, we can just consult our records about
the syntactic structure, ie syn_righthand/syn_lefthand.

Also, tighten the rule about when to add the commute_above_r
bits, in hopes of eliminating some squishy reasoning.  I do not
know of a reason to think that that's broken as-is, but this way
seems better.

Per bug #17781 from Robins Tharakan.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17781-c0405c8b3cd5e072@postgresql.org
2023-02-07 18:26:16 -05:00
Tom Lane e2c78e7ab4 Doc: make src/test/*/README match current reality.
Commit c3382a3c3, which moved the implementation of PG_TEST_EXTRA
from src/test/Makefile into individual test scripts, broke the
directions given in the subdirectory README files about how to run
these tests by hand.  Update.  Also mention wal_consistency_checking
in recovery/README --- that omission isn't the fault of c3382a3c3,
but it's still an omission.
2023-02-07 14:30:30 -05:00
Tom Lane 2cbbffff05 Remove leftover code in deconstruct_distribute_oj_quals().
The initial "put back OJ relids" adjustment of ojscope was
incorrect and unnecessary; it seems to be a leftover from
when I (tgl) was trying to get this function to work at all.

Richard Guo

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-L2C47ZGZPabBAi5oDZsKmsbvhYcGCy5o=gCjsaG_ZQA@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-07 11:56:43 -05:00
Tom Lane cad5692051 Fix up join removal's interaction with PlaceHolderVars.
The portion of join_is_removable() that checks PlaceHolderVars
can be made a little more accurate and intelligible than it was.
The key point is that we can allow join removal even if a PHV
mentions the target rel in ph_eval_at, if that mention was only
added as a consequence of forcing the PHV up to a join level
that's at/above the outer join we're trying to get rid of.
We can check that by testing for the OJ's relid appearing in
ph_eval_at, indicating that it's supposed to be evaluated after
the outer join, plus the existing test that the contained
expression doesn't actually mention the target rel.

While here, add an explicit check that there'll be something left
in ph_eval_at after we remove the target rel and OJ relid.  There
is an Assert later on about that, and I'm not too sure that the
case could happen for a PHV satisfying the other constraints,
but let's just check.  (There was previously a bms_is_subset test
that meant to cover this risk, but it's broken now because it
doesn't account for the fact that we'll also remove the OJ relid.)

The real reason for revisiting this code though is that the
Assert I left behind in 8538519db turns out to be easily
reachable, because if a PHV of this sort appears in an upper-level
qual clause then that clause's clause_relids will include the
PHV's ph_eval_at relids.  This is a mirage though: we have or soon
will remove these relids from the PHV's ph_eval_at, and therefore
they no longer belong in qual clauses' clause_relids either.
Remove that Assert in join_is_removable, and replace the similar
one in remove_rel_from_query with code to remove the deleted relids
from clause_relids.

Per bug #17773 from Robins Tharakan.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17773-a592e6cedbc7bac5@postgresql.org
2023-02-06 15:45:03 -05:00
Tom Lane b2d0e13a0a Fix over-optimistic updating of info about commutable outer joins.
make_outerjoininfo was set up to update SpecialJoinInfo's
commute_below, commute_above_l, commute_above_r fields as soon as
it found a pair of outer joins that look like they can commute.
However, this decision could be negated later in the same loop due
to finding an intermediate outer join that prevents commutation.
That left us with commute_xxx fields that were contradictory to the
join order restrictions expressed in min_lefthand/min_righthand.
The latter fields would keep us from actually choosing a bad join
order; but the inconsistent commute_xxx fields could bollix details
such as the varnullingrels values created for intermediate join
relation targetlists, ending in an assertion failure in setrefs.c.

To fix, wait till the end of make_outerjoininfo where we have
accurate values for min_lefthand/min_righthand, and then insert
only relids not present in those sets into the commute_xxx fields.

Per SQLSmith testing by Robins Tharakan.  Note that while Robins
bisected the failure to commit b448f1c8d, it's really the fault of
2489d76c4.  The outerjoin_delayed logic removed in the later commit
was keeping us from deciding that troublesome join pairs commute,
at least in the specific example seen here.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEP4nAyAORgE8K_RHSmvWbE9UaChhjbEL1RrDU3neePwwRUB=A@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-05 14:25:10 -05:00
Tom Lane 9f452feeeb Fix thinko in qual distribution.
deconstruct_distribute tweaks the outer join scope (ojscope)
it passes to distribute_qual_to_rels when considering an outer
join qual that's above potentially-commutable outer joins.
However, if the current join is *not* potentially commutable,
we shouldn't do that.  The argument that distribute_qual_to_rels
will not do something wrong with the bogus ojscope falls flat
if we don't pass it non-null postponed_oj_qual_list.  Moreover,
there's no need to play games in this case since we aren't going
to commute anything.

Per SQLSmith testing by Robins Tharakan.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEP4nAw74k4b-=93gmfCNX3MOY3y4uPxqbk_MnCVEpdsqHJVsg@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-04 17:40:35 -05:00
Tom Lane 8538519db1 Fix thinko in outer-join removal.
If we have a RestrictInfo that mentions both the removal-candidate
relation and the outer join's relid, then that is a pushed-down
condition not a join condition, so it should be grounds for deciding
that we can't remove the outer join.  In commit 2489d76c4, I'd blindly
included the OJ's relid into "joinrelids" as per the new standard
convention, but the checks of attr_needed and ph_needed should only
allow the join's input rels to be mentioned.

Having done that, the check for references in pushed-down quals
a few lines further down should be redundant.  I left it in place
as an Assert, though.

While researching this I happened across a couple of comments that
worried about the effects of update_placeholder_eval_levels.
That's gone as of b448f1c8d, so we can remove some worry.

Per bug #17769 from Robins Tharakan.  The submitted test case
triggers this more or less accidentally because we flatten out
a LATERAL sub-select after we've done join strength reduction;
if we did that in the other order, this problem would be masked
because the outer join would get simplified to an inner join.
To ensure that the committed test case will continue to test
what it means to even if we make that happen someday, use a
test clause involving COALESCE(), which will prevent us from
using it to do join strength reduction.

Patch by me, but thanks to Richard Guo for initial investigation.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17769-e4f7a5c9d84a80a7@postgresql.org
2023-02-04 15:19:54 -05:00
Tom Lane 5840c20272 Rethink treatment of "postponed" quals in deconstruct_jointree().
After pulling up LATERAL subqueries, we may have qual clauses that
refer to relations outside their syntactic scope.  Before doing any
such pullup, prepjointree.c checks to make sure that it wouldn't
create a semantically-invalid situation; but we leave it to
deconstruct_jointree() to actually move these quals up the join
tree to a place where they can be evaluated.  In commit 2489d76c4,
I (tgl) refactored deconstruct_jointree() in a way that caused
assertion failures while moving such quals, because the new logic
failed to distinguish "this jointree node is a parent of the source
one" from "this jointree node is processed after the source
one in depth-first order".

Fix this, and at the same time reduce the overhead a bit, by
getting rid of the common PostponedQual list and instead making each
JoinTreeItem contain a list of quals that needed to be postponed to
its level.  We can help distribute_qual_to_rels find the appropriate
JoinTreeItem efficiently by adding parent-item links to the
JoinTreeItem data structure.  This ends up being the same number
of relid subset checks as the original (pre-bug) logic, but less
list manipulation is required during multi-level postponements.

Richard Guo and Tom Lane, per bug #17768 from Robins Tharakan.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17768-5ac8730ece54478f@postgresql.org
2023-02-04 12:45:53 -05:00
Dean Rasheed faff8f8e47 Allow underscores in integer and numeric constants.
This allows underscores to be used in integer and numeric literals,
and their corresponding type input functions, for visual grouping.
For example:

    1_500_000_000
    3.14159_26535_89793
    0xffff_ffff
    0b_1001_0001

A single underscore is allowed between any 2 digits, or immediately
after the base prefix indicator of non-decimal integers, per SQL:202x
draft.

Peter Eisentraut and Dean Rasheed

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/84aae844-dc55-a4be-86d9-4f0fa405cc97%40enterprisedb.com
2023-02-04 09:48:51 +00:00
Amit Kapila 9f2213a7c5 Allow the logical_replication_mode to be used on the subscriber.
Extend the existing developer option 'logical_replication_mode' to help
test the parallel apply of large transactions on the subscriber.

When set to 'buffered', the leader sends changes to parallel apply workers
via a shared memory queue. When set to 'immediate', the leader serializes
all changes to files and notifies the parallel apply workers to read and
apply them at the end of the transaction.

This helps in adding tests to cover the serialization code path in
parallel streaming mode.

Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Kuroda Hayato, Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+wyN6zpaHUkCLorEWNx75MG0xhMwcFhvjqm2KURZEAGw@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-02 08:15:18 +05:30
Tom Lane eae0e20def Remove over-optimistic Assert.
In commit 2489d76c4, I'd thought it'd be safe to assert that a
PlaceHolderVar appearing in a scan-level expression has empty
nullingrels.  However this is not so, as when we determine that a
join relation is certainly empty we'll put its targetlist into a
Result-with-constant-false-qual node, and nothing is done to adjust
the nullingrels of the Vars or PHVs therein.  (Arguably, a Result
used in this way isn't really a scan-level node, but it certainly
isn't an upper node either ...)

It's not clear this is worth any close analysis, so let's just
take out the faulty Assert.

Per report from Robins Tharakan.  I added a test case based on
his example, just in case somebody tries to tighten this up.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEP4nAz7Enq3+DEthGG7j27DpuwSRZnW0Nh6jtNh75yErQ_nbA@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-31 11:57:47 -05:00
Michael Paquier 8c1cd726c5 Remove recovery test 011_crash_recovery.pl
This test has been added as of 857ee8e that has introduced the SQL
function txid_status(), with the purpose of checking that a transaction
ID still in-progress during a crash is correctly marked as aborted after
recovery finishes.

This test is unstable, and some configuration scenarios may that easier
to reproduce (wal_level=minimal, wal_compression=on) because the WAL
holding the information about the in-progress transaction ID may not
have made it to disk yet, hence a post-crash recovery may cause the same
XID to be reused, triggering a test failure.

We have discussed a few approaches, like making this function force a
WAL flush to make it reliable across crashes, but we don't want to pay a
performance penalty in some scenarios, as well.  The test could have
been tweaked to enforce a checkpoint but that actually breaks the
promise of the test to rely on a stable result of txid_status() after
a crash.

This issue has been reported a few times across the past years, with an
original report from Kyotaro Horiguchi.  The buildfarm machines tanager,
hachi and gokiburi enable wal_compression, and fail on this test
periodically.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3163112.1674762209@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210305.115011.558061052471425531.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-01-31 12:46:56 +09:00
Tom Lane b448f1c8d8 Do assorted mop-up in the planner.
Remove RestrictInfo.nullable_relids, along with a good deal of
infrastructure that calculated it.  One use-case for it was in
join_clause_is_movable_to, but we can now replace that usage with
a check to see if the clause's relids include any outer join
that can null the target relation.  The other use-case was in
join_clause_is_movable_into, but that test can just be dropped
entirely now that the clause's relids include outer joins.
Furthermore, join_clause_is_movable_into should now be
accurate enough that it will accept anything returned by
generate_join_implied_equalities, so we can restore the Assert
that was diked out in commit 95f4e59c3.

Remove the outerjoin_delayed mechanism.  We needed this before to
prevent quals from getting evaluated below outer joins that should
null some of their vars.  Now that we consider varnullingrels while
placing quals, that's taken care of automatically, so throw the
whole thing away.

Teach remove_useless_result_rtes to also remove useless FromExprs.
Having done that, the delay_upper_joins flag serves no purpose any
more and we can remove it, largely reverting 11086f2f2.

Use constant TRUE for "dummy" clauses when throwing back outer joins.
This improves on a hack I introduced in commit 6a6522529.  If we
have a left-join clause l.x = r.y, and a WHERE clause l.x = constant,
we generate r.y = constant and then don't really have a need for the
join clause.  But we must throw the join clause back anyway after
marking it redundant, so that the join search heuristics won't think
this is a clauseless join and avoid it.  That was a kluge introduced
under time pressure, and after looking at it I thought of a better
way: let's just introduce constant-TRUE "join clauses" instead,
and get rid of them at the end.  This improves the generated plans for
such cases by not having to test a redundant join clause.  We can also
get rid of the ugly hack used to mark such clauses as redundant for
selectivity estimation.

Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/830269.1656693747@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-01-30 13:44:36 -05:00
Tom Lane 2489d76c49 Make Vars be outer-join-aware.
Traditionally we used the same Var struct to represent the value
of a table column everywhere in parse and plan trees.  This choice
predates our support for SQL outer joins, and it's really a pretty
bad idea with outer joins, because the Var's value can depend on
where it is in the tree: it might go to NULL above an outer join.
So expression nodes that are equal() per equalfuncs.c might not
represent the same value, which is a huge correctness hazard for
the planner.

To improve this, decorate Var nodes with a bitmapset showing
which outer joins (identified by RTE indexes) may have nulled
them at the point in the parse tree where the Var appears.
This allows us to trust that equal() Vars represent the same value.
A certain amount of klugery is still needed to cope with cases
where we re-order two outer joins, but it's possible to make it
work without sacrificing that core principle.  PlaceHolderVars
receive similar decoration for the same reason.

In the planner, we include these outer join bitmapsets into the relids
that an expression is considered to depend on, and in consequence also
add outer-join relids to the relids of join RelOptInfos.  This allows
us to correctly perceive whether an expression can be calculated above
or below a particular outer join.

This change affects FDWs that want to plan foreign joins.  They *must*
follow suit when labeling foreign joins in order to match with the
core planner, but for many purposes (if postgres_fdw is any guide)
they'd prefer to consider only base relations within the join.
To support both requirements, redefine ForeignScan.fs_relids as
base+OJ relids, and add a new field fs_base_relids that's set up by
the core planner.

Large though it is, this commit just does the minimum necessary to
install the new mechanisms and get check-world passing again.
Follow-up patches will perform some cleanup.  (The README additions
and comments mention some stuff that will appear in the follow-up.)

Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/830269.1656693747@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-01-30 13:16:20 -05:00
Dean Rasheed fe9e658f4d Ensure that MERGE recomputes GENERATED expressions properly.
This fixes a bug that, under some circumstances, would cause MERGE to
fail to properly recompute expressions for GENERATED STORED columns.

Formerly, ExecInitModifyTable() did not call ExecInitStoredGenerated()
for a MERGE command, which meant that the generated expressions
information was not computed until later, when the first merge action
was executed. However, if the first merge action to execute was an
UPDATE, then ExecInitStoredGenerated() could decide to skip some some
generated columns, if the columns on which they depended were not
updated, which was a problem if the MERGE also contained an INSERT
action, for which no generated columns should be skipped.

So fix by having ExecInitModifyTable() call ExecInitStoredGenerated()
for MERGE, and assume that it isn't safe to skip any generated columns
in a MERGE. Possibly that could be relaxed, by allowing some generated
columns to be skipped for a MERGE without an INSERT action, but it's
not clear that it's worth the effort.

Noticed while investigating bug #17759. Back-patch to v15, where MERGE
was added.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.

Discussion:
  https://postgr.es/m/17759-e76d9bece1b5421c%40postgresql.org
  https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCXb_ezoMCcL0tzKwRGA1x0oeE%3DawTaysRfTPq%2B3wNJn8g%40mail.gmail.com
2023-01-30 10:04:57 +00:00
Amit Kapila 1e8b61735c Rename GUC logical_decoding_mode to logical_replication_mode.
Rename the developer option 'logical_decoding_mode' to the more flexible
name 'logical_replication_mode' because doing so will make it easier to
extend this option in the future to help test other areas of logical
replication.

Currently, it is used on the publisher side to allow streaming or
serializing each change in logical decoding. In the upcoming patch, we are
planning to use it on the subscriber. On the subscriber, it will allow
serializing the changes to file and notifies the parallel apply workers to
read and apply them at the end of the transaction.

We discussed exposing this parameter as a subscription option but
it did not seem advisable since it is primarily used for testing/debugging
and there is no other such parameter. We also discussed having separate
GUCs for publisher and subscriber but for current testing/debugging
requirements, one GUC is sufficient.

Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Kuroda Hayato, Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAy2c=Mx=FTCs+EwUsf2kQL5MmU3N18X84k0EmCXntK4g@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+wyN6zpaHUkCLorEWNx75MG0xhMwcFhvjqm2KURZEAGw@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-30 08:02:08 +05:30
David Rowley 456fa635a9 Teach planner about more monotonic window functions
9d9c02ccd introduced runConditions for window functions to allow
monotonic window function evaluation to be made more efficient when the
window function value went beyond some value that it would never go back
from due to its monotonic nature.  That commit added prosupport functions
to inform the planner that row_number(), rank(), dense_rank() and some
forms of count(*) were monotonic.  Here we add support for ntile(),
cume_dist() and percent_rank().

Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqR+VqB8s+xR-24bzJbU8xyFrBszJ17qKgECf7cWxLCaA@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-27 16:08:41 +13:00
Robert Haas 14fb38626f DROP ROLE regress_role_limited_admin at end of test
This is required by project policy, and I overlooked the need for
it (again) by accident.

Reported by Álvaro Herrara.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20230126114659.x3yuypot7p6zj73c@alvherre.pgsql
2023-01-26 08:14:41 -05:00
Robert Haas f1358ca52d Adjust interaction of CREATEROLE with role properties.
Previously, a CREATEROLE user without SUPERUSER could not alter
REPLICATION users in any way, and could not set the BYPASSRLS
attribute. However, they could manipulate the CREATEDB property
even if they themselves did not possess it.

With this change, a CREATEROLE user without SUPERUSER can set or
clear the REPLICATION, BYPASSRLS, or CREATEDB property on a new
role or a role that they have rights to manage if and only if
that property is set for their own role.

This implements the standard idea that you can't give permissions
you don't have (but you can give the ones you do have). We might
in the future want to provide more powerful ways to constrain
what a CREATEROLE user can do - for example, to limit whether
CONNECTION LIMIT can be set or the values to which it can be set -
but that is left as future work.

Patch by me, reviewed by Nathan Bossart, Tushar Ahuja, and Neha
Sharma.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobX=LHg_J5aT=0pi9gJy=JdtrUVGAu0zhr-i5v5nNbJDg@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-24 10:57:09 -05:00
Amit Kapila 6c6d6ba3ee Fix the Drop Database hang.
The drop database command waits for the logical replication sync worker to
accept ProcSignalBarrier and the worker's slot creation waits for the drop
database to finish which leads to a deadlock. This happens because the
tablesync worker holds interrupts while creating a slot.

We prevent cancel/die interrupts while creating a slot in the table sync
worker because it is possible that before the server finishes this
command, a concurrent drop subscription happens which would complete
without removing this slot and that leads to the slot existing until the
end of walsender. However, the slot will eventually get dropped at the
walsender exit time, so there is no danger of the dangling slot.

This patch reallows cancel/die interrupts while creating a slot and
modifies the test to wait for slots to become zero to prevent finding an
ephemeral slot.

The reported hang doesn't happen in PG14 as the drop database starts to
wait for ProcSignalBarrier with PG15 (commits 4eb2176318 and e2f65f4255)
but it is good to backpatch this till PG14 as it is not a good idea to
prevent interrupts during a network call that could block indefinitely.

Reported-by: Lakshmi Narayanan Sreethar
Diagnosed-by: Andres Freund
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 14, where it was introduced in commit 6b67d72b60
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+kvmZELXQ4ZD3U=XCXuG3KvFgkuPoN1QrEj8c-rMRodrLOnsg@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-24 09:25:36 +05:30
Andres Freund bc54ef4ec2 Fix error handling in libpqrcv_connect()
When libpqrcv_connect (also known as walrcv_connect()) failed, it leaked the
libpq connection. In most paths that's fairly harmless, as the calling process
will exit soon after. But e.g. CREATE SUBSCRIPTION could lead to a somewhat
longer lived leak.

Fix by releasing resources, including the libpq connection, on error.

Add a test exercising the error code path. To make it reliable and safe, the
test tries to connect to port=-1, which happens to fail during connection
establishment, rather than during connection string parsing.

Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230121011237.q52apbvlarfv6jm6@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-
2023-01-23 18:27:42 -08:00
David Rowley 9567686ec8 Use OFFSET 0 instead of ORDER BY to stop subquery pullup
b762fed64 recently changed this test to prevent subquery pullup to allow
us to test Memoize with lateral_vars.  As pointed out by Tom Lane, OFFSET
0 is our standard way of preventing subquery pullups, so do it that way
instead.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2144818.1674517061@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch-through: 14, same as b762fed64
2023-01-24 13:49:10 +13:00
David Rowley b762fed648 Fix LATERAL join test in test memoize.sql
The test in question was meant to be testing Memoize to ensure it worked
correctly when the inner side of the join contained lateral vars, however,
nothing in the lateral subquery stopped it from being pulled up into the
main query, so the planner did that, and that meant no more lateral vars.

Here we add a simple ORDER BY to stop the planner from being able to
pullup the lateral subquery.

Author: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_LHJaN4L-tXpKMiPFnsCJWU1P8Xh59o0W7AA6UN99=cQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 14, where Memoize was added.
2023-01-24 12:30:30 +13:00
Dean Rasheed 6dfacbf72b Add non-decimal integer support to type numeric.
This enhances the numeric type input function, adding support for
hexadecimal, octal, and binary integers of any size, up to the limits
of the numeric type.

Since 6fcda9aba8, such non-decimal integers have been accepted by the
parser as integer literals and passed through to numeric_in(). This
commit gives numeric_in() the ability to handle them.

While at it, simplify the handling of NaN and infinities, reducing the
number of calls to pg_strncasecmp(), and arrange for pg_strncasecmp()
to not be called at all for regular numbers. This gives a significant
performance improvement for decimal inputs, more than offsetting the
small performance hit of checking for non-decimal input.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCV8XShnmT9HZy25C%2Bo78CVOFmUN5EM9FRAZ5xvYTggPMg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-01-23 19:21:22 +00:00
Andrew Dunstan a9dc7f9419 Add a test using ldapbindpasswd in pg_hba.conf
This feature has not been covered in tests up to now.

John Naylor and Andrew Dunstan

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/06005bfb-0fd7-9d08-e0e5-440f277b73b4@dunslane.net
2023-01-23 08:40:18 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan ee4613d2b7 Restructure Ldap TAP test
The code for detecting the Ldap installation and setting up a test
server is broken out into a reusable module that can be used  for
additional tests to be added in later patches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/06005bfb-0fd7-9d08-e0e5-440f277b73b4@dunslane.net
2023-01-23 08:31:37 -05:00
David Rowley 67c5b8840f Harden new parallel string_agg/array_agg regression test
Per buildfarm member mandrill, it seems that
max_parallel_workers_per_gather may not always be set to the default value
of 2 when the new test added in 16fd03e95 is executed.  Here let's just
explicitly set that to 2 so that the planner never opts to use more than
that many parallel workers.
2023-01-23 21:31:46 +13:00
David Rowley 16fd03e956 Allow parallel aggregate on string_agg and array_agg
This adds combine, serial and deserial functions for the array_agg() and
string_agg() aggregate functions, thus allowing these aggregates to
partake in partial aggregations.  This allows both parallel aggregation to
take place when these aggregates are present and also allows additional
partition-wise aggregation plan shapes to include plans that require
additional aggregation once the partially aggregated results from the
partitions have been combined.

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra, Stephen Frost, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9sx_6GTcvd6TMuZnNtCh0VhBzhX6FZqw17TgVFH-ga_A@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-23 17:35:01 +13:00
Tom Lane c9f7f92648 Allow REPLICA IDENTITY to be set on an index that's not (yet) valid.
The motivation for this change is that when pg_dump dumps a
partitioned index that's marked REPLICA IDENTITY, it generates a
command sequence that applies REPLICA IDENTITY before the partitioned
index has been marked valid, causing restore to fail.  We could
perhaps change pg_dump to not do it like that, but that would be
difficult and would not fix existing dump files with the problem.
There seems to be very little reason for the backend to disallow
this anyway --- the code ignores indisreplident when the index
isn't valid --- so instead let's fix it by allowing the case.

Commit 9511fb37a previously expressed a concern that allowing
indisreplident to be set on invalid indexes might allow us to
wind up in a situation where a table could have indisreplident
set on multiple indexes.  I'm not sure I follow that concern
exactly, but in any case the only way that could happen is because
relation_mark_replica_identity is too trusting about the existing set
of markings being valid.  Let's just rip out its early-exit code path
(which sure looks like premature optimization anyway; what are we
doing expending code to make redundant ALTER TABLE ... REPLICA
IDENTITY commands marginally faster and not-redundant ones marginally
slower?) and fix it to positively guarantee that no more than one
index is marked indisreplident.

The pg_dump failure can be demonstrated in all supported branches,
so back-patch all the way.  I chose to back-patch 9511fb37a as well,
just to keep indisreplident handling the same in all branches.

Per bug #17756 from Sergey Belyashov.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17756-dd50e8e0c8dd4a40@postgresql.org
2023-01-21 13:10:29 -05:00
Michael Paquier efb6f4a4f9 Support the same patterns for pg-user in pg_ident.conf as in pg_hba.conf
While pg_hba.conf has support for non-literal username matches, and
this commit extends the capabilities that are supported for the
PostgreSQL user listed in an ident entry part of pg_ident.conf, with
support for:
1. The "all" keyword, where all the requested users are allowed.
2. Membership checks using the + prefix.
3. Using a regex to match against multiple roles.

1. is a feature that has been requested by Jelte Fennema, 2. something
that has been mentioned independently by Andrew Dunstan, and 3. is
something I came up with while discussing how to extend the first one,
whose implementation is facilitated by 8fea868.

This allows matching certain system users against many different
postgres users with a single line in pg_ident.conf.  Without this, one
would need one line for each of the postgres users that a system user
can log in as, which can be cumbersome to maintain.

Tests are added to the TAP test of peer authentication to provide
coverage for all that.

Note that this introduces a set of backward-incompatible changes to be
able to detect the new patterns, for the following cases:
- A role named "all".
- A role prefixed with '+' characters, which is something that would not
have worked in HBA entries anyway.
- A role prefixed by a slash character, similarly to 8fea868.
Any of these can be still be handled by using quotes in the Postgres
role defined in an ident entry.

A huge advantage of this change is that the code applies the same checks
for the Postgres roles in HBA and ident entries, via the common routine
check_role().

**This compatibility change should be mentioned in the release notes.**

Author: Jelte Fennema
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DBBPR83MB0507FEC2E8965012990A80D0F7FC9@DBBPR83MB0507.EURPRD83.prod.outlook.com
2023-01-20 11:21:55 +09:00
Tom Lane 5a617d75d3 Fix ts_headline() to handle ORs and phrase queries more honestly.
This patch largely reverts what I did in commits c9b0c678d and
78e73e875.  The maximum cover length limit that I added in 78e73e875
(to band-aid over c9b0c678d's performance issues) creates too many
user-visible behavior discrepancies, as complained of for example in
bug #17691.  The real problem with hlCover() is not what I thought
at the time, but more that it seems to have been designed with only
AND tsquery semantics in mind.  It doesn't work quite right for OR,
and even less so for NOT or phrase queries.  However, we can improve
that situation by building a variant of TS_execute() that returns a
list of match locations.  We already get an ExecPhraseData struct
representing match locations for the primitive case of a simple match,
as well as one for a phrase match; we just need to add some logic to
combine these for AND and OR operators.  The result is a list of
ExecPhraseDatas, which hlCover can regard as having simple AND
semantics, so that its old algorithm works correctly.

There's still a lot not to like about ts_headline's behavior, but
I think the remaining issues have to do with the heuristics used
in mark_hl_words and mark_hl_fragments (which, likewise, were not
revisited when phrase search was added).  Improving those is a task
for another day.

Patch by me; thanks to Alvaro Herrera for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/840.1669405935@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-01-19 16:21:44 -05:00
Tom Lane a3b65fb282 Fix AdjustUpgrade.pm's view conversion list for --with-lz4.
Turns out the compression.sql test creates a view that needs
to be adjusted in the wake of 47bb9db75 --- except that without
--with-lz4, it fails to create the view at all, so I'd not
noticed this in testing.

Per buildfarm member crake.
2023-01-18 16:51:40 -05:00
Tom Lane 5ea2234670 Update expected/collate.windows.win1252.out for 47bb9db75.
This delta in expected output wasn't spotted in any previous
testing of the patch.  Reported by Andres Freund.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230118195855.7yjc4mminmv7iyy5@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-01-18 15:27:41 -05:00
Tom Lane 47bb9db759 Get rid of the "new" and "old" entries in a view's rangetable.
The rule system needs "old" and/or "new" pseudo-RTEs in rule actions
that are ON INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE.  Historically it's put such entries
into the ON SELECT rules of views as well, but those are really quite
vestigial.  The only thing we've used them for is to carry the
view's relid forward to AcquireExecutorLocks (so that we can
re-lock the view to verify it hasn't changed before re-using a plan)
and to carry its relid and permissions data forward to execution-time
permissions checks.  What we can do instead of that is to retain
these fields of the RTE_RELATION RTE for the view even after we
convert it to an RTE_SUBQUERY RTE.  This requires a tiny amount of
extra complication in the planner and AcquireExecutorLocks, but on
the other hand we can get rid of the logic that moves that data from
one place to another.

The principal immediate benefit of doing this, aside from a small
saving in the pg_rewrite data for views, is that these pseudo-RTEs
no longer trigger ruleutils.c's heuristic about qualifying variable
names when the rangetable's length is more than 1.  That results
in quite a number of small simplifications in regression test outputs,
which are all to the good IMO.

Bump catversion because we need to dump a few more fields of
RTE_SUBQUERY RTEs.  While those will always be zeroes anyway in
stored rules (because we'd never populate them until query rewrite)
they are useful for debugging, and it seems like we'd better make
sure to transmit such RTEs accurately in plans sent to parallel
workers.  I don't think the executor actually examines these fields
after startup, but someday it might.

This is a second attempt at committing 1b4d280ea.  The difference
from the first time is that now we can add some filtering rules to
AdjustUpgrade.pm to allow cross-version upgrade testing to pass
despite all the cosmetic changes in CREATE VIEW outputs.

Amit Langote (filtering rules by me)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqEf7gPN4Hn+LoZ4tP2q_Qt7n3vw7-6fJKOf92tSEnX6Gg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/891521.1673657296@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-01-18 13:23:57 -05:00
Tom Lane 8d83a5d0a2 Remove redundant grouping and DISTINCT columns.
Avoid explicitly grouping by columns that we know are redundant
for sorting, for example we need group by only one of x and y in
	SELECT ... WHERE x = y GROUP BY x, y
This comes up more often than you might think, as shown by the
changes in the regression tests.  It's nearly free to detect too,
since we are just piggybacking on the existing logic that detects
redundant pathkeys.  (In some of the existing plans that change,
it's visible that a sort step preceding the grouping step already
didn't bother to sort by the redundant column, making the old plan
a bit silly-looking.)

To do this, build processed_groupClause and processed_distinctClause
lists that omit any provably-redundant sort items, and consult those
not the originals where relevant.  This means that within the
planner, one should usually consult root->processed_groupClause or
root->processed_distinctClause if one wants to know which columns
are to be grouped on; but to check whether grouping or distinct-ing
is happening at all, check non-NIL-ness of parse->groupClause or
parse->distinctClause.  This is comparable to longstanding rules
about handling the HAVING clause, so I don't think it'll be a huge
maintenance problem.

nodeAgg.c also needs minor mods, because it's now possible to generate
AGG_PLAIN and AGG_SORTED Agg nodes with zero grouping columns.

Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo and David Rowley for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/185315.1672179489@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-01-18 12:37:57 -05:00
Amit Kapila d540a02a72 Display the leader apply worker's PID for parallel apply workers.
Add leader_pid to pg_stat_subscription. leader_pid is the process ID of
the leader apply worker if this process is a parallel apply worker. If
this field is NULL, it indicates that the process is a leader apply
worker or a synchronization worker. The new column makes it easier to
distinguish parallel apply workers from other kinds of workers and helps
to identify the leader for the parallel workers corresponding to a
particular subscription.

Additionally, update the leader_pid column in pg_stat_activity as well to
display the PID of the leader apply worker for parallel apply workers.

Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila, Shveta Mallik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+wyN6zpaHUkCLorEWNx75MG0xhMwcFhvjqm2KURZEAGw@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-18 09:03:12 +05:30
Andres Freund 27da598961 meson: Add two missing regress tests
It's likely worth adding some automated way of preventing further
omissions. We're discussing how to best do that.

Reported-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230117173509.GV9837@telsasoft.com
2023-01-17 13:49:09 -08:00
Tom Lane 3a36ca03e4 AdjustUpgrade.pm should zap test_ext_cine, too.
test_extensions' test_ext_cine extension has the same upgrade hazard
as test_ext7: the regression test leaves it in an updated state
from which no downgrade path to default is provided.  This causes
the update_extensions.sql script helpfully provided by pg_upgrade
to fail.  So drop it in cross-version-upgrade testing.

Not entirely sure how come I didn't hit this in testing yesterday;
possibly I'd built the upgrade reference databases with
testmodules-install-check disabled.

Backpatch to v10 where this module was introduced.
2023-01-17 16:00:39 -05:00
Amit Kapila 4f985aba69 Fix typo in comment.
Author: Osumi Takamichi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYCPR01MB83737EA140C79B7D099F65E8EDC69@TYCPR01MB8373.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2023-01-17 10:39:11 +05:30
Michael Paquier 0b717432ff Track behavior of \1 in pg_ident.conf when quoted
Entries of pg-user in pg_ident.conf that are quoted and include '\1'
allow a replacement from a subexpression in a system user regexp.  This
commit adds a test to track this behavior and a note in the
documentation, as it could be affected by the use of an AuthToken for
the pg-user in the IdentLines parsed.

This subject has come up in the discussion aimed at extending the
support of pg-user in ident entries for more patterns.

Author: Jelte Fennema
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQRNow4MwkBjgPxywXdJU_K3a9+Pm78JB7De3yQwwkTDew@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-17 13:41:09 +09:00
David Rowley da5800d5fa Don't presort ORDER BY/DISTINCT Aggrefs with volatile functions
In 1349d2790, we gave the planner the ability to provide ORDER BY/DISTINCT
Aggrefs with presorted input so that nodeAgg would not have to perform
sorts during execution.  That commit failed to properly consider the
implications of if the Aggref had a volatile function in its ORDER
BY/DISTINCT clause.  As it happened, this resulted in an ERROR about the
volatile function being missing from the targetlist.

Here, instead of adding the volatile function to the targetlist, we just
never consider an Aggref with a volatile function in its ORDER BY/DISTINCT
clause when choosing which Aggrefs we should sort by.  We do this as if we
were to choose a plan which provided these aggregates with presorted
input, then if there were many such aggregates which could all share the
same sort order, then it may be surprising if they all shared the same
sort sometimes and didn't at other times when some other set of aggregates
were given presorted results.  We can avoid this inconsistency by just
never providing these volatile function aggregates with presorted input.

Reported-by: Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWETioXs5kY8vT6BVguY41_wD962VDk=u_Nvd7S1UXzuQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-17 16:37:06 +13:00
Tom Lane 52585f8f07 Create common infrastructure for cross-version upgrade testing.
To test pg_upgrade across major PG versions, we have to be able to
modify or drop any old objects with no-longer-supported properties,
and we have to be able to deal with cosmetic changes in pg_dump output.
Up to now, the buildfarm and pg_upgrade's own test infrastructure had
separate implementations of the former, and we had nothing but very
ad-hoc rules for the latter (including an arbitrary threshold on how
many lines of unchecked diff were okay!).  This patch creates a Perl
module that can be shared by both those use-cases, and adds logic
that deals with pg_dump output diffs in a much more tightly defined
fashion.

This largely supersedes previous efforts in commits 0df9641d3,
9814ff550, and 62be9e4cd, which developed a SQL-script-based solution
for the task of dropping old objects.  There was nothing fundamentally
wrong with that work in itself, but it had no basis for solving the
output-formatting problem.  The most plausible way to deal with
formatting is to build a Perl module that can perform editing on the
dump files; and once we commit to that, it makes more sense for the
same module to also embed the knowledge of what has to be done for
dropping old objects.

Back-patch versions of the helper module as far as 9.2, to
support buildfarm animals that still test that far back.
It's also necessary to back-patch PostgreSQL/Version.pm,
because the new code depends on that.  I fixed up pg_upgrade's
002_pg_upgrade.pl in v15, but did not look into back-patching
it further than that.

Tom Lane and Andrew Dunstan

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/891521.1673657296@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-01-16 20:35:55 -05:00
Tom Lane 3f244d020f Make new GENERATED-expressions code more bulletproof.
In commit 8bf6ec3ba I assumed that no code path could reach
ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols without having gone through
ExecInitStoredGenerated.  That turns out not to be the case in
logical replication: if there's an ON UPDATE trigger on the target
table, trigger.c will call this code before anybody has set up its
generated columns.  Having seen that, I don't have a lot of faith in
there not being other such paths.  ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols can call
ExecInitStoredGenerated for itself, as long as we are willing to
assume that it is only called in CMD_UPDATE operations, which on
the whole seems like a safer leap of faith.

Per report from Vitaly Davydov.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d259d69652b8c2ff50e14cda3c236c7f@postgrespro.ru
2023-01-15 13:14:52 -05:00
Jeff Davis ff9618e82a Fix MAINTAIN privileges for toast tables and partitions.
Commit 60684dd8 left loose ends when it came to maintaining toast
tables or partitions.

For toast tables, simply skip the privilege check if the toast table
is an indirect target of the maintenance command, because the main
table privileges have already been checked.

For partitions, allow the maintenance command if the user has the
MAINTAIN privilege on the partition or any parent.

Also make CLUSTER emit "skipping" messages when the user doesn't have
privileges, similar to VACUUM.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Reported-by: Pavel Luzanov
Reviewed-by: Pavel Luzanov, Ted Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230113231339.GA2422750@nathanxps13
2023-01-14 00:16:23 -08:00
Jeff Davis c44f6334ca Simplify permissions for LOCK TABLE.
The prior behavior was confusing and hard to document. For instance,
if you had UPDATE privileges, you could lock a table in any lock mode
except ACCESS SHARE mode.

Now, if granted a privilege to lock at a given mode, one also has
privileges to lock at a less-conflicting mode. MAINTAIN, UPDATE,
DELETE, and TRUNCATE privileges allow any lock mode. INSERT privileges
allow ROW EXCLUSIVE (or below). SELECT privileges allow ACCESS SHARE.

Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9550c76535404a83156252b25a11babb4792ea1e.camel%40j-davis.com
2023-01-13 14:33:19 -08:00
Amit Kapila b7ae039536 Ignore dropped and generated columns from the column list.
We don't allow different column lists for the same table in the different
publications of the single subscription. A publication with a column list
except for dropped and generated columns should be considered the same as
a publication with no column list (which implicitly includes all columns
as part of the columns list). However, as we were not excluding the
dropped and generated columns from the column list combining such
publications leads to an error "cannot use different column lists for
table ...".

We decided not to backpatch this fix as there is a risk of users seeing
this as a behavior change and also we didn't see any field report of this
case.

Author: Shi yu
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSZPR01MB631091CCBC56F195B1B9ACB0FDFE9@OSZPR01MB6310.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2023-01-13 14:49:23 +05:30
Michael Paquier e753ae6397 Add tests for regex replacement with \1 in pg_ident.conf to 0003_peer.pl
Regexp replacement with \1 in pg_ident.conf is tested in one check of
the kerberos test suite, still it requires a dependency on
--with-gssapi to be triggered.  This commit adds to the test suite of
peer authentication two tests to check the replacement of \1 in a
pg-username, coupled with a system-username regexp:
- With a subexpression in system-username, similarly to the kerberos
test suite.
- Without a subexpression in system-username, checking for a failure.
This had no coverage until now, and the error pattern is checked in the
server logs.

Author: Jelte Fennema
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQRNow4MwkBjgPxywXdJU_K3a9+Pm78JB7De3yQwwkTDew@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-13 10:35:28 +09:00
Alexander Korotkov 3161ae86ce Fix jsonpath existense checking of missing variables
The current jsonpath code assumes that the referenced variable always exists.
It could only throw an error at the value valuation time.  At the same time
existence checking assumes variable is present without valuation, and error
suppression doesn't work for missing variables.

This commit makes existense checking trigger an error for missing variables.
This makes the overall behavior consistent.

Backpatch to 12 where jsonpath was introduced.

Reported-by: David G. Johnston
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwbeytffJkVnEqDyLZ%3DrQsznoTh1OgDoOF3VmOMkxcTMjA%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, David G. Johnston
Backpatch-through: 12
2023-01-12 18:16:34 +03:00
Tom Lane f0e6d6d3c9 Revert "Get rid of the "new" and "old" entries in a view's rangetable."
This reverts commit 1b4d280ea1.
It's broken the buildfarm members that run cross-version-upgrade tests,
because they're not prepared to deal with cosmetic differences between
CREATE VIEW commands emitted by older servers and HEAD.  Even if we had
a solution to that, which we don't, it'd take some time to roll it out
to the affected animals.  This improvement isn't valuable enough to
justify addressing that problem on an emergency basis, so revert it
for now.
2023-01-11 23:01:22 -05:00
Tom Lane 1b4d280ea1 Get rid of the "new" and "old" entries in a view's rangetable.
The rule system needs "old" and/or "new" pseudo-RTEs in rule actions
that are ON INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE.  Historically it's put such entries
into the ON SELECT rules of views as well, but those are really quite
vestigial.  The only thing we've used them for is to carry the
view's relid forward to AcquireExecutorLocks (so that we can
re-lock the view to verify it hasn't changed before re-using a plan)
and to carry its relid and permissions data forward to execution-time
permissions checks.  What we can do instead of that is to retain
these fields of the RTE_RELATION RTE for the view even after we
convert it to an RTE_SUBQUERY RTE.  This requires a tiny amount of
extra complication in the planner and AcquireExecutorLocks, but on
the other hand we can get rid of the logic that moves that data from
one place to another.

The principal immediate benefit of doing this, aside from a small
saving in the pg_rewrite data for views, is that these pseudo-RTEs
no longer trigger ruleutils.c's heuristic about qualifying variable
names when the rangetable's length is more than 1.  That results
in quite a number of small simplifications in regression test outputs,
which are all to the good IMO.

Bump catversion because we need to dump a few more fields of
RTE_SUBQUERY RTEs.  While those will always be zeroes anyway in
stored rules (because we'd never populate them until query rewrite)
they are useful for debugging, and it seems like we'd better make
sure to transmit such RTEs accurately in plans sent to parallel
workers.  I don't think the executor actually examines these fields
after startup, but someday it might.

Amit Langote

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqEf7gPN4Hn+LoZ4tP2q_Qt7n3vw7-6fJKOf92tSEnX6Gg@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-11 19:41:09 -05:00
Tom Lane 8bf6ec3ba3 Improve handling of inherited GENERATED expressions.
In both partitioning and traditional inheritance, require child
columns to be GENERATED if and only if their parent(s) are.
Formerly we allowed the case of an inherited column being
GENERATED when its parent isn't, but that results in inconsistent
behavior: the column can be directly updated through an UPDATE
on the parent table, leading to it containing a user-supplied
value that might not match the generation expression.  This also
fixes an oversight that we enforced partition-key-columns-can't-
be-GENERATED against parent tables, but not against child tables
that were dynamically attached to them.

Also, remove the restriction that the child's generation expression
be equivalent to the parent's.  In the wake of commit 3f7836ff6,
there doesn't seem to be any reason that we need that restriction,
since generation expressions are always computed per-table anyway.
By removing this, we can also allow a child to merge multiple
inheritance parents with inconsistent generation expressions, by
overriding them with its own expression, much as we've long allowed
for DEFAULT expressions.

Since we're rejecting a case that we used to accept, this doesn't
seem like a back-patchable change.  Given the lack of field
complaints about the inconsistent behavior, it's likely that no
one is doing this anyway, but we won't change it in minor releases.

Amit Langote and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2793383.1672944799@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-01-11 15:55:02 -05:00
Tom Lane d0d9683287 Don't leave roles behind after core regression tests.
Commits cf5eb37c5 and e5b8a4c09 each created a new role that they
forgot to remove again.  This breaks the use-case of running "make
installcheck" more than once, and it's also against project policy
because it'd be quite unfriendly behavior if one were running
"make installcheck" against a non-throwaway installation.
2023-01-11 12:22:47 -05:00
Michael Paquier 5f6401f81c Fix typos in code and comments
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230110045722.GD9837@telsasoft.com
2023-01-11 15:16:38 +09:00
David Rowley 3c6fc58209 Have the planner consider Incremental Sort for DISTINCT
Prior to this, we only considered a full sort on the cheapest input path
and uniquifying any path which was already sorted in the required sort
order.  Here we adjust create_final_distinct_paths() so that it also
adds an Incremental Sort path on any path which has presorted keys.

Additionally, this adjusts the parallel distinct code so that we now
consider sorting the cheapest partial path and incrementally sorting any
partial paths with presorted keys.  Previously we didn't consider any
sorting for parallel distinct and only added a unique path atop any path
which had the required pathkeys already.

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvo8Lz2H=42urBbfP65LTcEUOh288MT7DsG2_EWtW1AXHQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-11 10:25:43 +13:00
Robert Haas e5b8a4c098 Add new GUC createrole_self_grant.
Can be set to the empty string, or to either or both of "set" or
"inherit". If set to a non-empty value, a non-superuser who creates
a role (necessarily by relying up the CREATEROLE privilege) will
grant that role back to themselves with the specified options.

This isn't a security feature, because the grant that this feature
triggers can also be performed explicitly. Instead, it's a user experience
feature. A superuser would necessarily inherit the privileges of any
created role and be able to access all such roles via SET ROLE;
with this patch, you can configure createrole_self_grant = 'set, inherit'
to provide a similar experience for a user who has CREATEROLE but not
SUPERUSER.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobN59ct+Emmz6ig1Nua2Q-_o=r6DSD98KfU53kctq_kQw@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-10 12:44:49 -05:00
Robert Haas cf5eb37c5e Restrict the privileges of CREATEROLE users.
Previously, CREATEROLE users were permitted to make nearly arbitrary
changes to roles that they didn't create, with certain exceptions,
particularly superuser roles.  Instead, allow CREATEROLE users to make such
changes to roles for which they possess ADMIN OPTION, and to
grant membership only in roles for which they possess ADMIN OPTION.

When a CREATEROLE user who is not a superuser creates a role, grant
ADMIN OPTION on the newly-created role to the creator, so that they
can administer roles they create or for which they have been given
privileges.

With these changes, CREATEROLE users still have very significant
powers that unprivileged users do not receive: they can alter, rename,
drop, comment on, change the password for, and change security labels
on roles.  However, they can now do these things only for roles for
which they possess appropriate privileges, rather than all
non-superuser roles; moreover, they cannot grant a role such as
pg_execute_server_program unless they themselves possess it.

Patch by me, reviewed by Mark Dilger.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobN59ct+Emmz6ig1Nua2Q-_o=r6DSD98KfU53kctq_kQw@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-10 12:44:30 -05:00
Dean Rasheed f026c16a2c Fix MERGE's test for unreachable WHEN clauses.
The former code would only detect an unreachable WHEN clause if it had
an AND condition. Fix, so that unreachable unconditional WHEN clauses
are also detected.

Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVQ=7E2z4cSBB49jjeGGsB6WeoYQY32NDeSvcHiLUZ=ow@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-10 14:17:47 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut d952373a98 New header varatt.h split off from postgres.h
This new header contains all the variable-length data types support
(TOAST support) from postgres.h, which isn't needed by large parts of
the backend code.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/ddcce239-0f29-6e62-4b47-1f8ca742addf%40enterprisedb.com
2023-01-10 05:54:36 +01:00
Tom Lane 02d552c4f4 Round off random_normal() test results one more decimal place.
As I suspected, some machines have even more low-order-bit
inaccuracy than the ones I tested.  Tweak new test so that
(hopefully) it will pass everywhere.  Per buildfarm.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4173840.1673290336@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-01-09 22:44:16 -05:00
Tom Lane bd8d453e9b Remove pg_regress' never-documented "ignore" feature.
We aren't using this anymore in the wake of commit 09d517773,
so delete it.  We can always revert this if some future use
emerges, but I think our standards for test quality are now
high enough that that will never happen.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4173840.1673290336@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-01-09 20:34:26 -05:00
Tom Lane 09d517773f Upgrade the random.sql regression test.
We had some pretty ad-hoc and inefficient code here.  To make
matters worse, it didn't test the properties of the random()
function very thoroughly, and it had a test failure rate of
one in every few tens of thousands of runs.  Replace the
script altogether with new test cases that prove much more
about random()'s output, run faster, and can be calculated
to have test failure rates on the order of 1e-9.

Having done that, the failure rate of this script should be
negligible in comparison to other causes of test failures,
so remove the "ignore" marker for it in parallel_schedule.
(If it does fail, we'd like to know about that, so "ignore"
was always pretty counterproductive.)

Tom Lane and Dean Rasheed

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4173840.1673290336@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-01-09 20:30:25 -05:00
Tom Lane 38d81760c4 Invent random_normal() to provide normally-distributed random numbers.
There is already a version of this in contrib/tablefunc, but it
seems sufficiently widely useful to justify having it in core.

Paul Ramsey

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACowWR0DqHAvOKUCNxTrASFkWsDLqKMd6WiXvVvaWg4pV1BMnQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-09 12:44:00 -05:00
David Rowley 3c569049b7 Allow left join removals and unique joins on partitioned tables
This allows left join removals and unique joins to work with partitioned
tables.  The planner just lacked sufficient proofs that a given join
would not cause any row duplication.  Unique indexes currently serve as
that proof, so have get_relation_info() populate the indexlist for
partitioned tables too.

Author: Arne Roland
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Zhihong Yu, Amit Langote, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c3b2408b7a39433b8230bbcd02e9f302@index.de
2023-01-09 17:15:08 +13:00
Amit Kapila 216a784829 Perform apply of large transactions by parallel workers.
Currently, for large transactions, the publisher sends the data in
multiple streams (changes divided into chunks depending upon
logical_decoding_work_mem), and then on the subscriber-side, the apply
worker writes the changes into temporary files and once it receives the
commit, it reads from those files and applies the entire transaction. To
improve the performance of such transactions, we can instead allow them to
be applied via parallel workers.

In this approach, we assign a new parallel apply worker (if available) as
soon as the xact's first stream is received and the leader apply worker
will send changes to this new worker via shared memory. The parallel apply
worker will directly apply the change instead of writing it to temporary
files. However, if the leader apply worker times out while attempting to
send a message to the parallel apply worker, it will switch to
"partial serialize" mode -  in this mode, the leader serializes all
remaining changes to a file and notifies the parallel apply workers to
read and apply them at the end of the transaction. We use a non-blocking
way to send the messages from the leader apply worker to the parallel
apply to avoid deadlocks. We keep this parallel apply assigned till the
transaction commit is received and also wait for the worker to finish at
commit. This preserves commit ordering and avoid writing to and reading
from files in most cases. We still need to spill if there is no worker
available.

This patch also extends the SUBSCRIPTION 'streaming' parameter so that the
user can control whether to apply the streaming transaction in a parallel
apply worker or spill the change to disk. The user can set the streaming
parameter to 'on/off', or 'parallel'. The parameter value 'parallel' means
the streaming will be applied via a parallel apply worker, if available.
The parameter value 'on' means the streaming transaction will be spilled
to disk. The default value is 'off' (same as current behaviour).

In addition, the patch extends the logical replication STREAM_ABORT
message so that abort_lsn and abort_time can also be sent which can be
used to update the replication origin in parallel apply worker when the
streaming transaction is aborted. Because this message extension is needed
to support parallel streaming, parallel streaming is not supported for
publications on servers < PG16.

Author: Hou Zhijie, Wang wei, Amit Kapila with design inputs from Sawada Masahiko
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko, Peter Smith, Dilip Kumar, Shi yu, Kuroda Hayato, Shveta Mallik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+wyN6zpaHUkCLorEWNx75MG0xhMwcFhvjqm2KURZEAGw@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-09 07:52:45 +05:30
David Rowley a14a583292 Add additional regression tests for select_active_windows
During the development of 728202b63, which was aimed at reducing the
number of sorts required to evaluate multiple window functions with
different WindowClause definitions, the code written sorted the
WindowClauses in reverse tleSortGroupRef order.  There appears to be no
discussion in the thread which was opened to discuss the development of
this patch and no comments mentioning the fact that having the
WindowClauses in reverse tleSortGroupRef order makes it more likely that
the final WindowClause to be evaluated will provide presorted input to
the query's DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause.  The reason for this is that the
tleSortGroupRef indexes are assigned for the DISTINCT and ORDER BY clauses
before they are for the WindowClauses PARTITION BY and ORDER BY clauses.
Putting the WindowClause with the lowest tleSortGroupRef last means that
it's more likely that no additional sorting is required for the query's
DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause.

All we're doing here is adding some tests and a comment to help ensure
that remains true and that we don't accidentally forget to consider this
again should we ever rewrite that code.

Author: Ankit Kumar Pandey, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvq=g2=ny59f1bvwRVvupsgPHK-KjLPBsSL25fVuGZ4idQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-07 15:24:35 +13:00
Tom Lane a46a7011b2 Add options to control whether VACUUM runs vac_update_datfrozenxid.
VACUUM normally ends by running vac_update_datfrozenxid(), which
requires a scan of pg_class.  Therefore, if one attempts to vacuum a
database one table at a time --- as vacuumdb has done since v12 ---
we will spend O(N^2) time in vac_update_datfrozenxid().  That causes
serious performance problems in databases with tens of thousands of
tables, and indeed the effect is measurable with only a few hundred.
To add insult to injury, only one process can run
vac_update_datfrozenxid at the same time per DB, so this behavior
largely defeats vacuumdb's -j option.

Hence, invent options SKIP_DATABASE_STATS and ONLY_DATABASE_STATS
to allow applications to postpone vac_update_datfrozenxid() until the
end of a series of VACUUM requests, and teach vacuumdb to use them.

Per bug #17717 from Gunnar L.  Sadly, this answer doesn't seem
like something we'd consider back-patching, so the performance
problem will remain in v12-v15.

Tom Lane and Nathan Bossart

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17717-6c50eb1c7d23a886@postgresql.org
2023-01-06 14:17:25 -05:00
Tom Lane cd4b2334db Invalidate pgoutput's replication-decisions cache upon schema rename.
A schema rename should cause reporting the new qualified names of
tables to logical replication subscribers, but that wasn't happening.
Flush the RelationSyncCache to make it happen.

(If you ask me, the new test case shows that the behavior in this area
is still pretty dubious, but apparently it's operating as designed.)

Vignesh C

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm32vLRv5KdrDFeVC-CU+4Wg1daA55hMqOxDGJBzvd76-w@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-06 11:11:51 -05:00
Tom Lane 3f7836ff65 Fix calculation of which GENERATED columns need to be updated.
We were identifying the updatable generated columns of inheritance
children by transposing the calculation made for their parent.
However, there's nothing that says a traditional-inheritance child
can't have generated columns that aren't there in its parent, or that
have different dependencies than are in the parent's expression.
(At present it seems that we don't enforce that for partitioning
either, which is likely wrong to some degree or other; but the case
clearly needs to be handled with traditional inheritance.)

Hence, drop the very-klugy-anyway "extraUpdatedCols" RTE field
in favor of identifying which generated columns depend on updated
columns during executor startup.  In HEAD we can remove
extraUpdatedCols altogether; in back branches, it's still there but
always empty.  Another difference between the HEAD and back-branch
versions of this patch is that in HEAD we can add the new bitmap field
to ResultRelInfo, but that would cause an ABI break in back branches.
Like 4b3e37993, add a List field at the end of struct EState instead.

Back-patch to v13.  The bogus calculation is also being made in v12,
but it doesn't have the same visible effect because we don't use it
to decide which generated columns to recalculate; as a consequence of
which the patch doesn't apply easily.  I think that there might still
be a demonstrable bug associated with trigger firing conditions, but
that's such a weird corner-case usage that I'm content to leave it
unfixed in v12.

Amit Langote and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFshLKNvQUd1DgwJ-7tsTp=dwv7KZqXC4j2wYBV1aCDUA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2793383.1672944799@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-01-05 14:12:17 -05:00
Alexander Korotkov 529da086ba Remove extra regress check arguments from test_pg_db_role_setting
They were accidentally copied from test_oat_hooks.

Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230102154240.GL1153%40telsasoft.com
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov
2023-01-05 13:11:40 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov afdd9f7f0e meson: Add 'running' test setup, as a replacement for installcheck
Do the same as 3f0e786ccb for test_pg_db_role_setting.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221227065456.GU1153@telsasoft.com
Author: Pavel Borisov
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Tom Lane
2023-01-05 13:11:28 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut bf03cfd162 Windows support in pg_import_system_collations
Windows can enumerate the locales that are either installed or
supported by calling EnumSystemLocalesEx(), similar to what is already
done in the READ_LOCALE_A_OUTPUT switch.  We can refactor some of the
logic already used in that switch into a new function
create_collation_from_locale().

The enumerated locales have BCP 47 shape, that is with a hyphen
between language and territory, instead of POSIX's underscore.  The
created collations will retain the BCP 47 shape, but we will also
create a POSIX alias, so xx-YY will have an xx_YY alias.

A new test collate.windows.win1252 is added that is like
collate.linux.utf8.

Author: Juan Jose Santamaria Flecha <juanjo.santamaria@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Koval <d.koval@postgrespro.ru>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/0050ec23-34d9-2765-9015-98c04f0e18ac@postgrespro.ru
2023-01-03 14:21:56 +01:00
Michael Paquier 33ab0a2a52 Fix typos in comments, code and documentation
While on it, newlines are removed from the end of two elog() strings.
The others are simple grammar mistakes.  One comment in pg_upgrade
referred incorrectly to sequences since a7e5457.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221230231257.GI1153@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-01-03 16:26:14 +09:00
Bruce Momjian c8e1ba736b Update copyright for 2023
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-01-02 15:00:37 -05:00
Tom Lane 2ceea5adb0 Accept "+infinity" in date and timestamp[tz] input.
The float and numeric types accept this variant spelling of
"infinity", so it seems like the datetime types should too.

Vik Fearing, some cosmetic mods by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d0bef637-2dbd-0a5d-e539-48243b6f6c5e@postgresfriends.org
2023-01-01 14:16:07 -05:00
Tom Lane d747dc85ae In plpgsql, don't preassign portal names to bound cursor variables.
A refcursor variable that is bound to a specific query (by declaring
it with "CURSOR FOR") now chooses a portal name in the same way as an
unbound, plain refcursor variable.  Its string value starts out as
NULL, and unless that's overridden by manual assignment, it will be
replaced by a unique-within-session portal name during OPEN.

The previous behavior was to initialize such variables to contain
their own name, resulting in that also being the portal name unless
the user overwrote it before OPEN.  The trouble with this is that
it causes failures due to conflicting portal names if the same
cursor variable name is used in different functions.  It is pretty
non-orthogonal to have bound and unbound refcursor variables behave
differently on this point, too, so let's change it.

This change can cause compatibility problems for applications that
open a bound cursor in a plpgsql function and then use it in the
calling code without explicitly passing back the refcursor value
(portal name).  If the calling code simply assumes that the portal
name matches the called function's variable name, it will now fail.
That can be fixed by explicitly assigning a string value to the
refcursor variable before OPEN, e.g.

    DECLARE myc CURSOR FOR SELECT ...;
    BEGIN
      myc := 'myc';  -- add this
      OPEN myc;

We have no documentation examples showing the troublesome usage
pattern, so we can hope it's rare in practice.

Patch by me; thanks to Pavel Stehule and Jan Wieck for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1465101.1667345983@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-01-01 13:22:34 -05:00
Thomas Munro 14d63dd252 ci: Change macOS builds from Intel to ARM.
Cirrus is about to shut down its macOS-on-Intel support, so it's time to
move our CI testing over to ARM instances.  The Homebrew package manager
changed its default installation prefix for the new architecture, so a
couple of tests need tweaks to find binaries.

Back-patch to 15, where in-tree CI began.

Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221122225744.GF11463%40telsasoft.com
2023-01-01 10:45:18 +13:00
Michael Paquier 7aa81c61ec Fix precision handling for some COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX functions
f193883 has been incorrectly setting up the precision used in the
timestamp compilations returned by the following functions:
- LOCALTIME
- LOCALTIMESTAMP
- CURRENT_TIME
- CURRENT_TIMESTAMP

Specifying an out-of-range precision for CURRENT_TIMESTAMP and
LOCALTIMESTAMP was raising a WARNING without adjusting the precision,
leading to a subsequent error.  LOCALTIME and CURRENT_TIME raised a
WARNING without an error, still the precision given to the internal
routines was not correct, so let's be clean.

Ian has reported the problems in timestamp.c, while I have noticed the
ones in date.c.  Regression tests are added for all of them with
precisions high enough to provide coverage for the warnings, something
that went missing up to this commit.

Author: Ian Lawrence Barwick, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ=jQEnn9sYG+N752spt68wMrhmT-ocHCh4oeNmHF82QMWA@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-30 20:47:57 +09:00
Tom Lane a5434c5258 Remove new locale dependency in regproc regression test.
The modified error message for regcollationin failure includes
the database encoding, which it should've occurred to me is a
portability hazard for the regression tests.  Adjust the test
so the expected output doesn't include that.

In passing, fix a comment typo introduced in b8c0ffbd2.

Per buildfarm.
2022-12-27 13:06:42 -05:00
Tom Lane 858e776c84 Convert the reg* input functions to report (most) errors softly.
This is not really complete, but it catches most cases of practical
interest.  The main omissions are:

* regtype, regprocedure, and regoperator parse type names by
calling the main grammar, so any grammar-detected syntax error
will still be a hard error.  Also, if one includes a type
modifier in such a type specification, errors detected by the
typmodin function will be hard errors.

* Lookup errors are handled just by passing missing_ok = true
to the relevant catalog lookup function.  Because we've used
quite a restrictive definition of "missing_ok", this means that
edge cases such as "the named schema exists, but you lack
USAGE permission on it" are still hard errors.

It would make sense to me to replace most/all missing_ok
parameters with an escontext parameter and then allow these
additional lookup failure cases to be trapped too.  But that's
a job for some other day.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3342239.1671988406@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-27 12:26:01 -05:00
Tom Lane 78212f2101 Convert tsqueryin and tsvectorin to report errors softly.
This is slightly tedious because the adjustments cascade through
a couple of levels of subroutines, but it's not very hard.
I chose to avoid changing function signatures more than absolutely
necessary, by passing the escontext pointer in existing structs
where possible.

tsquery's nuisance NOTICEs about empty queries are suppressed in
soft-error mode, since they're not errors and we surely don't want
them to be shown to the user anyway.  Maybe that whole behavior
should be reconsidered.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3824377.1672076822@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-27 12:00:31 -05:00
Tom Lane eb8312a22a Detect bad input for types xid, xid8, and cid.
Historically these input functions just called strtoul or strtoull
and returned the result, with no error detection whatever.  Upgrade
them to reject garbage input and out-of-range values, similarly to
our other numeric input routines.

To share the code for this with type oid, adjust the existing
"oidin_subr" to be agnostic about the SQL name of the type it is
handling, and move it to numutils.c; then clone it for 64-bit types.

Because the xid types previously accepted hex and octal input by
reason of calling strtoul[l] with third argument zero, I made the
common subroutine do that too, with the consequence that type oid
now also accepts hex and octal input.  In view of 6fcda9aba, that
seems like a good thing.

While at it, simplify the existing over-complicated handling of
syntax errors from strtoul: we only need one ereturn not three.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3526121.1672000729@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-27 11:40:01 -05:00
Amit Kapila 5de94a041e Add 'logical_decoding_mode' GUC.
This enables streaming or serializing changes immediately in logical
decoding. This parameter is intended to be used to test logical decoding
and replication of large transactions for which otherwise we need to
generate the changes till logical_decoding_work_mem is reached.

This helps in reducing the timing of existing tests related to logical
replication of in-progress transactions and will help in writing tests for
for the upcoming feature for parallelly applying large in-progress
transactions.

Author: Shi yu
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko, Shveta Mallik, Amit Kapila, Dilip Kumar, Kuroda Hayato, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSZPR01MB63104E7449DBE41932DB19F1FD1B9@OSZPR01MB6310.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2022-12-26 08:58:16 +05:30
Tom Lane 442e25d248 Convert enum_in() to report errors softly.
I missed this in my initial survey, probably because I examined
the contents of pg_type in the postgres database, which lacks
any enumerated types.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97KeDWUdpTKGOaFYPv0OicjOu6EW+QYWj-Ywrgj_aEy1g@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-25 14:32:30 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan e37fe1db6e Convert jsonpath's input function to report errors softly
Reviewed by Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a8dc5700-c341-3ba8-0507-cc09881e6200@dunslane.net
2022-12-24 15:21:20 -05:00
David Rowley b5aff92557 Fix recent accidental omission in pg_proc.dat
ed1a88dda added support functions for the ntile(), percent_rank() and
cume_dist() window functions but neglected to actually add these support
functions to the pg_proc entry for the corresponding window function.

Also, take this opportunity to add these window functions to one of the
regression tests added in ed1a88dda to give the support functions a little
bit of exercise.  If I'd done that in the first place then the omission
would have been more obvious.

Bump the catversion, again.
2022-12-24 13:18:35 +13:00
Alvaro Herrera 6602599ce2
Fix end LSN determination in recently added test
The test added in commit e44dae07f9 has a thinko: it wants to read
info about a few WAL records, but it obtains the LSN of the final record
to read by asking for the WAL insert position; however,
pg_get_wal_records_info only accepts to read up to the flush position
(cf. IsFutureLSN()).  In normal conditions there is no difference, since
the last record written by the preceding loop is known flushed and it's
the one the test wants; but it's possible to have some other process
insert another WAL record that isn't flushed, and that causes the whole
test to explode.

Fix by having pg_get_wal_records_info() read only up to the flushed
position.  Backpatch to 15, which is where pg_walinspect appeared.

Author: Karina Litskevich <litskevichkarina@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a5559c95-52c3-5eea-cd63-9b4f1c70ff96@gmail.com
2022-12-23 17:27:05 +01:00
Michael Paquier 13e0d7a603 Rename pg_dissect_walfile_name() to pg_split_walfile_name()
The former name was discussed as being confusing, so use "split", as per
a suggestion from Magnus Hagander.

While on it, one of the output arguments is renamed from "segno" to
"segment_number", as per a suggestion from Kyotaro Horiguchi.

The documentation is updated to reflect all these changes.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevEytQVaOOhGdoh0D7hGwe3fuKcRF6NthsSW7ww04EmtFgQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-23 09:15:01 +09:00
David Rowley ed1a88ddac Allow window functions to adjust their frameOptions
WindowFuncs such as row_number() don't care if it's called with ROWS
UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW or with RANGE UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND
CURRENT ROW.  The latter is less efficient as the RANGE option requires
that the executor check for peer rows, so using the ROW option instead
would cause less overhead.  Because RANGE is part of the default frame
options for WindowClauses, it means WindowAgg is, by default, working much
harder than it needs to for window functions where the ROWS / RANGE option
has no effect on the window function's result.

On a test query from the discussion thread, a performance improvement of
344% was seen by using ROWS instead of RANGE.

Here we add a new support function node type to allow support functions to
be called for window functions so that the most optimal version of the
frame options can be set.  The planner has been adjusted so that the frame
options are changed only if all window functions sharing the same window
clause agree on what the optimized frame options are.

Here we give the ability for row_number(), rank(), dense_rank(),
percent_rank(), cume_dist() and ntile() to alter their WindowClause's
frameOptions.

Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing, Erwin Brandstetter, Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGHENJ7LBBszxS+SkWWFVnBmOT2oVsBhDMB1DFrgerCeYa_DyA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvohAKEtTXxq7Pc-ic2dKT8oZfbRKeEJP64M0B6+S88z+A@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-23 12:43:52 +13:00
Andrew Dunstan f03bd5717e Use existing SSL certs in LDAP tests instead of generating them
The SSL test suite has a bunch of pre-existing certificates, so it's
better simply to use what we already have than generate new certificates
each time the LDAP tests are run.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bc305c7a-f390-44f2-2e82-9bcaec6108da@dunslane.net
2022-12-20 10:02:49 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan 8284cf5f74 Add copyright notices to meson files
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/222b43a5-2fb3-2c1b-9cd0-375d376c8246@dunslane.net
2022-12-20 07:54:39 -05:00
David Rowley 3226f47282 Add enable_presorted_aggregate GUC
1349d279 added query planner support to allow more efficient execution of
aggregate functions which have an ORDER BY or a DISTINCT clause.  Prior to
that commit, the planner would only request that the lower planner produce
a plan with the order required for the GROUP BY clause and it would be
left up to nodeAgg.c to perform the final sort of records within each
group so that the aggregate transition functions were called in the
correct order.  Now that the planner requests the lower planner produce a
plan with the GROUP BY and the ORDER BY / DISTINCT aggregates in mind,
there is the possibility that the planner chooses a plan which could be
less efficient than what would have been produced before 1349d279.

While developing 1349d279, I had in mind that Incremental Sort would help
us in cases where an index exists only on the GROUP BY column(s).
Incremental Sort would just replace the implicit tuplesorts which are
being performed in nodeAgg.c.  However, because the planner has the
flexibility to instead choose a plan which just performs a full sort on
both the GROUP BY and ORDER BY / DISTINCT aggregate columns, there is
potential for the planner to make a bad choice.  The costing for
Incremental Sort is not perfect as it assumes an even distribution of rows
to sort within each sort group.

Here we add an escape hatch in the form of the enable_presorted_aggregate
GUC.  This will allow users to get the pre-PG16 behavior in cases where
they have no other means to convince the query planner to produce a plan
which only sorts on the GROUP BY column(s).

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvr1Sm+g9hbv4REOVuvQKeDWXcKUAhmbK5K+dfun0s9CvA@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-20 22:28:58 +13:00
Michael Paquier cca1863489 Add pg_dissect_walfile_name()
This function takes in input a WAL segment name and returns a tuple made
of the segment sequence number (dependent on the WAL segment size of the
cluster) and its timeline, as of a thin SQL wrapper around the existing
XLogFromFileName().

This function has multiple usages, like being able to compile a LSN from
a file name and an offset, or finding the timeline of a segment without
having to do to some maths based on the first eight characters of the
segment.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Maxim Orlov, Michael
Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWV=FCddsxcGbVOA=cvPyMr75YCFbSQT6g4KDj=gcJK4g@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-20 13:36:27 +09:00
Tom Lane 7122f9d543 Fix bit-rotted planner test case.
While fooling with my pet outer-join-variables patch, I discovered
that the test case I added in commit 11086f2f2 no longer demonstrates
what it's supposed to.  The idea is to tempt the planner to reverse
the order of the two outer joins, which would leave noplace to
correctly evaluate the WHERE clause that's inserted between them.
Before the addition of the delay_upper_joins mechanism, it would
have taken the bait.

However, subsequent improvements broke the test in two different ways.
First, we now recognize the IS NULL coding pattern as an antijoin, and
we won't re-order antijoins; even if we did, the IS NULL test clauses
get removed so there would be no opportunity for them to misbehave.
Second, the planner now discovers that nested parameterized indexscans
are a lot cheaper than the double hash join it used back in the day,
and that approach doesn't want to re-order the joins anyway.  Thus,
in HEAD the test passes even if one dikes out delay_upper_joins.

To fix, change the IS NULL tests to COALESCE clauses, which produce
the same results but the planner isn't smart enough to convert them
to antijoins.  It'll still go for parameterized indexscans though,
so drop the index enabling that (don't know why I added that in the
first place), and disable nestloop joining just to be sure.

This time around, add an EXPLAIN to make the choice of plan visible.
2022-12-17 18:51:24 -05:00
Tom Lane 935277b241 Fix inability to reference CYCLE column from inside its CTE.
Such references failed with "cache lookup failed for type 0"
because we didn't resolve the type of the CYCLE column until after
analyzing the CTE's query.  We can just move that processing
to before the recursive parse_sub_analyze call, though.

While here, invent a couple of local variables to make this
code less egregiously wider-than-80-columns.

Per bug #17723 from Vik Fearing.  Back-patch to v14 where
the CYCLE feature was added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17723-2c4985ff111e7bba@postgresql.org
2022-12-16 13:07:42 -05:00
Tom Lane 37bef842f5 Convert xml_in to report errors softly.
The key idea here is that xml_parse must distinguish hard errors
from soft errors.  We want to throw a hard error for libxml
initialization failures: those might be out-of-memory, or something
else, but in any case they are not the fault of the input string.
If we get to the point of parsing the input, and something goes
wrong, we can fairly consider that to mean bad input.

One thing that arguably does mean bad input, but I didn't trouble
to handle softly, is encoding conversion failure while converting
the server encoding to UTF8.  This might be something to improve
later, but it seems like a pretty low-probability scenario.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3564577.1671142683@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-16 11:10:40 -05:00
David Rowley 4a29eabd1d Remove pessimistic cost penalization from Incremental Sort
When incremental sorts were added in v13 a 1.5x pessimism factor was added
to the cost modal.  Seemingly this was done because the cost modal only
has an estimate of the total number of input rows and the number of
presorted groups.  It assumes that the input rows will be evenly
distributed throughout the presorted groups.  The 1.5x pessimism factor
was added to slightly reduce the likelihood of incremental sorts being
used in the hope to avoid performance regressions where an incremental
sort plan was picked and turned out slower due to a large skew in the
number of rows in the presorted groups.

An additional quirk with the path generation code meant that we could
consider both a sort and an incremental sort on paths with presorted keys.
This meant that with the pessimism factor, it was possible that we opted
to perform a sort rather than an incremental sort when the given path had
presorted keys.

Here we remove the 1.5x pessimism factor to allow incremental sorts to
have a fairer chance at being chosen against a full sort.

Previously we would generally create a sort path on the cheapest input
path (if that wasn't sorted already) and incremental sort paths on any
path which had presorted keys.  This meant that if the cheapest input path
wasn't completely sorted but happened to have presorted keys, we would
create a full sort path *and* an incremental sort path on that input path.
Here we change this logic so that if there are presorted keys, we only
create an incremental sort path, and create sort paths only when a full
sort is required.

Both the removal of the cost pessimism factor and the changes made to the
path generation make it more likely that incremental sorts will now be
chosen.  That, of course, as with teaching the planner any new tricks,
means an increased likelihood that the planner will perform an incremental
sort when it's not the best method.  Our standard escape hatch for these
cases is an enable_* GUC.  enable_incremental_sort already exists for
this.

This came out of a report by Pavel Luzanov where he mentioned that the
master branch was choosing to perform a Seq Scan -> Sort -> Group
Aggregate for his query with an ORDER BY aggregate function.  The v15 plan
for his query performed an Index Scan -> Group Aggregate, of course, the
aggregate performed the final sort internally in nodeAgg.c for the
aggregate's ORDER BY.  The ideal plan would have been to use the index,
which provided partially sorted input then use an incremental sort to
provide the aggregate with the sorted input.  This was not being chosen
due to the pessimism in the incremental sort cost modal, so here we remove
that and rationalize the path generation so that sort and incremental sort
plans don't have to needlessly compete.  We assume that it's senseless
to ever use a full sort on a given input path where an incremental sort
can be performed.

Reported-by: Pavel Luzanov
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9f61ddbf-2989-1536-b31e-6459370a6baa%40postgrespro.ru
2022-12-16 15:22:23 +13:00
David Rowley 8b6b043cee Re-adjust drop-index-concurrently-1 isolation test
It seems that drop-index-concurrently-1 has started to forget what it was
originally meant to be testing.  d2d8a229b, which added incremental sorts
changed the expected plan to be an Index Scan plan instead of a Seq Scan
plan.  This occurred as the primary key index of the table in question
provided presorted input and, because that index happened to be the
cheapest input path due to enable_seqscan being disabled, the incremental
sort changes just added a Sort on top of that.  It seems based on the name
of the PREPAREd statement that the intention here is that the query
produces a seqscan plan.

The reason this test has become broken seems to be due to how the test was
originally coded.  The test was trying to force a seqscan plan by
performing some casting to make it so the test_dc index couldn't be used
to perform the required filtering.  Trying to coax the planner into using
a plan which has costed in a disable_cost seems like it's always going to
be flakey as small changes in costs are drowned out by the large
disable_cost combined with add_path's STD_FUZZ_FACTOR.  Here we get rid of
the casts that we're using to try to trick the planner into a seqscan and
instead toggle enable_seqscan as and when required to get the desired
plan.

Additionally, rename a few things in the test and add some additional
wording to the comments to try and make it more clear in the future what
we expect this test to be doing.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrbDhObhLV+=U_K_-t+2Av2av1aL9d+2j_3AO-XndaviA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13, where d2d8a229b changed the expected test output
2022-12-16 11:39:40 +13:00
Tom Lane d35a1af468 Convert range_in and multirange_in to report errors softly.
This is mostly straightforward, except that if the range type
has a canonical function, that might throw an error during range
input.  (Such errors probably only occur for edge cases: in the
in-core canonical functions, it happens only if a bound has the
maximum valid value for the underlying type.)  Hence, this patch
extends the soft-error regime to allow canonical functions to
return errors softly as well.  Extensions implementing range
canonical functions will need modification anyway because of the
API change for range_serialize(); while at it, they might want
to do something similar to what's been done here in the in-core
canonical functions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3284599.1671075185@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-15 12:18:36 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 2613dec4ed Move provariadic sanity check to a more appropriate place
35f059e9bd put the provariadic sanity
check into type_sanity.sql, even though it's not about types, and
moreover in the middle of some connected test group, which makes it
all very confusing.  Move it to opr_sanity.sql, where it is in better
company.
2022-12-15 07:54:48 +01:00
Tom Lane 3b9d2deb67 Convert a few more datatype input functions to report errors softly.
Convert the remaining string-category input functions
(bpcharin, varcharin, byteain) to the new style.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3038346.1671060258@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-14 19:42:05 -05:00
Tom Lane 90161dad4d Convert a few more datatype input functions to report errors softly.
Convert cash_in and uuid_in to the new style.

Amul Sul, minor mods by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97KeDWUdpTKGOaFYPv0OicjOu6EW+QYWj-Ywrgj_aEy1g@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-14 18:03:11 -05:00
Tom Lane 47f3f97fcd Convert a few more datatype input functions to report errors softly.
Convert assorted internal-ish datatypes, namely aclitemin,
int2vectorin, oidin, oidvectorin, pg_lsn_in, pg_snapshot_in,
and tidin to the new style.

(Some others you might expect to find in this group, such as
cidin and xidin, need no changes because they never throw
errors at all.  That seems a little cheesy ... but it is not in
the charter of this patch series to add new error conditions.)

Amul Sul, minor mods by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97KeDWUdpTKGOaFYPv0OicjOu6EW+QYWj-Ywrgj_aEy1g@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-14 17:50:24 -05:00
Tom Lane 332741e739 Convert the geometric input functions to report errors softly.
Convert box_in, circle_in, line_in, lseg_in, path_in, point_in,
and poly_in to the new style.

line_in still throws hard errors for overflows/underflows that can occur
when the input is specified as two points rather than in the canonical
"Ax + By + C = 0" style.  I'm not too concerned about that: it won't be
reached in normal dump/restore cases, and it's fairly debatable that
such conversion should ever have been made part of a type input function
in the first place.  But in any case, I don't want to extend the soft
error conventions into float.h without more discussion than this patch
has had.

Amul Sul, minor mods by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97KeDWUdpTKGOaFYPv0OicjOu6EW+QYWj-Ywrgj_aEy1g@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-14 16:10:20 -05:00
Tom Lane 17407a8eaa Convert a few more datatype input functions to report errors softly.
Convert bit_in, varbit_in, inet_in, cidr_in, macaddr_in, and
macaddr8_in to the new style.

Amul Sul, minor mods by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97KeDWUdpTKGOaFYPv0OicjOu6EW+QYWj-Ywrgj_aEy1g@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-14 13:22:08 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 6fcda9aba8 Non-decimal integer literals
Add support for hexadecimal, octal, and binary integer literals:

    0x42F
    0o273
    0b100101

per SQL:202x draft.

This adds support in the lexer as well as in the integer type input
functions.

Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b239564c-cad0-b23e-c57e-166d883cb97d@enterprisedb.com
2022-12-14 06:17:07 +01:00
Jeff Davis 60684dd834 Add grantable MAINTAIN privilege and pg_maintain role.
Allows VACUUM, ANALYZE, REINDEX, REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW, CLUSTER,
and LOCK TABLE.

Effectively reverts 4441fc704d. Instead of creating separate
privileges for VACUUM, ANALYZE, and other maintenance commands, group
them together under a single MAINTAIN privilege.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221212210136.GA449764@nathanxps13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/45224.1670476523@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-13 17:33:28 -08:00
Tom Lane b0feda79fd Fix jsonb subscripting to cope with toasted subscript values.
jsonb_get_element() was incautious enough to use VARDATA() and
VARSIZE() directly on an arbitrary text Datum.  That of course
fails if the Datum is short-header, compressed, or out-of-line.
The typical result would be failing to match any element of a
jsonb object, though matching the wrong one seems possible as well.

setPathObject() was slightly brighter, in that it used VARDATA_ANY
and VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR, but that only kept it out of trouble for
short-header Datums.  push_path() had the same issue.  This could
result in faulty subscripted insertions, though keys long enough to
cause a problem are likely rare in the wild.

Having seen these, I looked around for unsafe usages in the rest
of the adt/json* files.  There are a couple of places where it's not
immediately obvious that the Datum can't be compressed or out-of-line,
so I added pg_detoast_datum_packed() to cope if it is.  Also, remove
some other usages of VARDATA/VARSIZE on Datums we just extracted from
a text array.  Those aren't actively broken, but they will become so
if we ever start allowing short-header array elements, which does not
seem like a terribly unreasonable thing to do.  In any case they are
not great coding examples, and they could also do with comments
pointing out that we're assuming we don't need pg_detoast_datum_packed.

Per report from exe-dealer@yandex.ru.  Patch by me, but thanks to
David Johnston for initial investigation.  Back-patch to v14 where
jsonb subscripting was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/205321670615953@mail.yandex.ru
2022-12-12 16:17:54 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut df8b8968d4 Order getopt arguments
Order the letters in the arguments of getopt() and getopt_long(), as
well as in the subsequent switch statements.  In most cases, I used
alphabetical with lower case first.  In a few cases, existing
different orders (e.g., upper case first) was kept to reduce the diff
size.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/3efd0fe8-351b-f836-9122-886002602357%40enterprisedb.com
2022-12-12 15:20:00 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera 840ff5f451
Get rid of recursion-marker values in enum AlterTableType
During ALTER TABLE execution, when prep-time handling of subcommands of
certain types determine that execution-time handling requires recursion,
they signal this by changing the subcommand type to a special value.
This can be done in a simpler way by using a separate flag introduced by
commit ec0925c22a, so do that.

Catversion bumped.  It's not clear to me that ALTER TABLE subcommands
are stored anywhere in catalogs (CREATE FUNCTION rejects it in BEGIN
ATOMIC function bodies), but we do have both write and read support for
them, so be safe.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220929090033.zxuaezcdwh2fgfjb@alvherre.pgsql
2022-12-12 11:13:26 +01:00
Tom Lane b8c0ffbd2c Convert domain_in to report errors softly.
This is straightforward as far as it goes.  However, it does not
attempt to trap errors occurring during the execution of domain
CHECK constraints.  Since those are general user-defined
expressions, the only way to do that would involve starting up a
subtransaction for each check.  Of course the entire point of
the soft-errors feature is to not need subtransactions, so that
would be self-defeating.  For now, we'll rely on the assumption
that domain checks are written to avoid throwing errors.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1181028.1670635727@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-11 12:56:54 -05:00
Tom Lane c60c9badba Convert json_in and jsonb_in to report errors softly.
This requires a bit of further infrastructure-extension to allow
trapping errors reported by numeric_in and pg_unicode_to_server,
but otherwise it's pretty straightforward.

In the case of jsonb_in, we are only capturing errors reported
during the initial "parse" phase.  The value-construction phase
(JsonbValueToJsonb) can also throw errors if assorted implementation
limits are exceeded.  We should improve that, but it seems like a
separable project.

Andrew Dunstan and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bac9841-fe07-713d-fa42-606c225567d6@dunslane.net
2022-12-11 11:28:15 -05:00
Tom Lane c60488b474 Convert datetime input functions to use "soft" error reporting.
This patch converts the input functions for date, time, timetz,
timestamp, timestamptz, and interval to the new soft-error style.
There's some related stuff in formatting.c that remains to be
cleaned up, but that seems like a separable project.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bbbb0df-7382-bf87-9737-340ba096e034@postgrespro.ru
2022-12-09 16:07:49 -05:00
Tom Lane ccff2d20ed Convert a few datatype input functions to use "soft" error reporting.
This patch converts the input functions for bool, int2, int4, int8,
float4, float8, numeric, and contrib/cube to the new soft-error style.
array_in and record_in are also converted.  There's lots more to do,
but this is enough to provide proof-of-concept that the soft-error
API is usable, as well as reference examples for how to convert
input functions.

This patch is mostly by me, but it owes very substantial debt to
earlier work by Nikita Glukhov, Andrew Dunstan, and Amul Sul.
Thanks to Andres Freund for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bbbb0df-7382-bf87-9737-340ba096e034@postgrespro.ru
2022-12-09 10:14:53 -05:00
Tom Lane 1939d26282 Add test scaffolding for soft error reporting from input functions.
pg_input_is_valid() returns boolean, while pg_input_error_message()
returns the primary error message if the input is bad, or NULL
if the input is OK.  The main reason for having two functions is
so that we can test both the details-wanted and the no-details-wanted
code paths.

Although these are primarily designed with testing in mind,
it could well be that they'll be useful to end users as well.

This patch is mostly by me, but it owes very substantial debt to
earlier work by Nikita Glukhov, Andrew Dunstan, and Amul Sul.
Thanks to Andres Freund for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bbbb0df-7382-bf87-9737-340ba096e034@postgrespro.ru
2022-12-09 10:08:44 -05:00
Alexander Korotkov beecbe8e50 Fix invalid role names introduced in 096dd80f3c
096dd80f3c added new regression tests dealing with roles.  By oversight, role
names didn't start with regress_ prefix.  This commit fixes that.
2022-12-09 13:53:32 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov 096dd80f3c Add USER SET parameter values for pg_db_role_setting
The USER SET flag specifies that the variable should be set on behalf of an
ordinary role.  That lets ordinary roles set placeholder variables, which
permission requirements are not known yet.  Such a value wouldn't be used if
the variable finally appear to require superuser privileges.

The new flags are stored in the pg_db_role_setting.setuser array.  Catversion
is bumped.

This commit is inspired by the previous work by Steve Chavez.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsLd6E--epnGqXENqLP6dLwuNZrPMcNYb3wJ87WR7UBOQ%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Steve Chavez
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Steve Chavez
2022-12-09 13:12:20 +03:00
Dean Rasheed 5defdef8aa Update MERGE docs to mention that ONLY is supported.
Commit 7103ebb7aa added support for MERGE, which included support for
inheritance hierarchies, but didn't document the fact that ONLY could
be specified before the source and/or target tables to exclude tables
inheriting from the tables specified.

Update merge.sgml to mention this, and while at it, add some
regression tests to cover it.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Nathan Bossart.

Backpatch to 15, where MERGE was added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCU0XM-bJCvpJuVRU3UYNRqEBS6g4-zH%3Dj9Ye0caX8F6uQ%40mail.gmail.com
2022-12-09 10:00:01 +00:00
Andres Freund 3f0e786ccb meson: Add 'running' test setup, as a replacement for installcheck
To run all tests that support running against existing server:
$ meson test --setup running

To run just the main pg_regress tests against existing server:
$ meson test --setup running regress-running/regress

To ensure the 'running' setup continues to work, test it as part of the
freebsd CI task.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=XDQcmLoo7RR_i6FKQdDmcyb9q5gStnfuuQXrOGhB2sQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-07 12:13:35 -08:00
Andres Freund 79f7c482f6 meson: Basic cygwin support
There likely are further issues, but as evidenced by the CI task proposed by
Justin in the referenced thread, this suffices to build and run basic tests in
cygwin (some fixes for the test infrastructure are needed, but that's
independent of the meson aspect).

Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221021034040.GT16921@telsasoft.com
2022-12-06 11:25:54 -08:00
Alvaro Herrera a61b1f7482
Rework query relation permission checking
Currently, information about the permissions to be checked on relations
mentioned in a query is stored in their range table entries.  So the
executor must scan the entire range table looking for relations that
need to have permissions checked.  This can make the permission checking
part of the executor initialization needlessly expensive when many
inheritance children are present in the range range.  While the
permissions need not be checked on the individual child relations, the
executor still must visit every range table entry to filter them out.

This commit moves the permission checking information out of the range
table entries into a new plan node called RTEPermissionInfo.  Every
top-level (inheritance "root") RTE_RELATION entry in the range table
gets one and a list of those is maintained alongside the range table.
This new list is initialized by the parser when initializing the range
table.  The rewriter can add more entries to it as rules/views are
expanded.  Finally, the planner combines the lists of the individual
subqueries into one flat list that is passed to the executor for
checking.

To make it quick to find the RTEPermissionInfo entry belonging to a
given relation, RangeTblEntry gets a new Index field 'perminfoindex'
that stores the corresponding RTEPermissionInfo's index in the query's
list of the latter.

ExecutorCheckPerms_hook has gained another List * argument; the
signature is now:
typedef bool (*ExecutorCheckPerms_hook_type) (List *rangeTable,
					      List *rtePermInfos,
					      bool ereport_on_violation);
The first argument is no longer used by any in-core uses of the hook,
but we leave it in place because there may be other implementations that
do.  Implementations should likely scan the rtePermInfos list to
determine which operations to allow or deny.

Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqGjJDmUhDSfv-U2qhKJjt9ST7Xh9JXC_irsAQ1TAUsJYg@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-06 16:09:24 +01:00
Tom Lane d69d01ba9d Fix Memoize to work with partitionwise joining.
A couple of places weren't up to speed for this.  By sheer good
luck, we didn't fail but just selected a non-memoized join plan,
at least in the test case we have.  Nonetheless, it's a bug,
and I'm not quite sure that it couldn't have worse consequences
in other examples.  So back-patch to v14 where Memoize came in.

Richard Guo

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48GkNom272sfp0-WeD6_0HSR19BJ4H1c9ZKSfbVnJsvRg@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-05 12:36:40 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 35ce24c333 pg_dump: Remove "blob" terminology
For historical reasons, pg_dump refers to large objects as "BLOBs".
This term is not used anywhere else in PostgreSQL, and it also means
something different in the SQL standard and other SQL systems.

This patch renames internal functions, code comments, documentation,
etc. to use the "large object" or "LO" terminology instead.  There is
no functionality change, so the archive format still uses the name
"BLOB" for the archive entry.  Additional long command-line options
are added with the new naming.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/868a381f-4650-9460-1726-1ffd39a270b4%40enterprisedb.com
2022-12-05 08:52:55 +01:00
Dean Rasheed 2605643a3a Fix DEFAULT handling for multi-row INSERT rules.
When updating a relation with a rule whose action performed an INSERT
from a multi-row VALUES list, the rewriter might skip processing the
VALUES list, and therefore fail to replace any DEFAULTs in it. This
would lead to an "unrecognized node type" error.

The reason was that RewriteQuery() assumed that a query doing an
INSERT from a multi-row VALUES list would necessarily only have one
item in its fromlist, pointing to the VALUES RTE to read from. That
assumption is correct for the original query, but not for product
queries produced for rule actions. In such cases, there may be
multiple items in the fromlist, possibly including multiple VALUES
RTEs.

What is required instead is for RewriteQuery() to skip any RTEs from
the product query's originating query, which might include one or more
already-processed VALUES RTEs. What's left should then include at most
one VALUES RTE (from the rule action) to be processed.

Patch by me. Thanks to Tom Lane for reviewing.

Back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCV39OOW7LAR_Xq4i%2BLc1Byux%3DeK3Q%3DHD_pF1o9LBt%3DphA%40mail.gmail.com
2022-12-03 12:11:33 +00:00
Tom Lane cabfb8241d Fix psql's \sf and \ef for new-style SQL functions.
Some options of these commands need to be able to identify the start
of the function body within the output of pg_get_functiondef().
It used to be that that always began with "AS", but since the
introduction of new-style SQL functions, it might also start with
"BEGIN" or "RETURN".  Fix that on the psql side, and add some
regression tests.

Noted by me awhile ago, but I didn't do anything about it.
Thanks to David Johnston for a nag.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AM9PR01MB8268D5CDABDF044EE9F42173FE8C9@AM9PR01MB8268.eurprd01.prod.exchangelabs.com
2022-12-02 14:24:44 -05:00
Tom Lane b23cd185fd Remove logic for converting a table to a view.
Up to now we have allowed manual creation of an ON SELECT rule on
a table to convert it into a view.  That was never anything but a
horrid, error-prone hack though.  pg_dump used to rely on that
behavior to deal with cases involving circular dependencies,
where a dependency loop could be broken by separating the creation
of a view from installation of its ON SELECT rule.  However, we
changed pg_dump to use CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW for that in commit
d8c05aff5 (which was later back-patched as far as 9.4), so there's
not a good argument anymore for continuing to support the behavior.

The proximate reason for axing it now is that we found that the
new statistics code has failure modes associated with the relkind
change caused by this behavior.  We'll patch around that in v15,
but going forward it seems like a better idea to get rid of the
need to support relkind changes.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2yXz+zOtv7y5zBd5WKT8O0Ld3YxikuU3dcyCvxF7gypA@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-02 12:14:32 -05:00
Amit Kapila 40b1491357 Fix incorrect output from pgoutput when using column lists.
For Updates and Deletes, we were not honoring the columns list for old
tuple values while sending tuple data via pgoutput. This results in
pgoutput emitting more columns than expected.

This is not a problem for built-in logical replication as we simply ignore
additional columns based on the relation information sent previously which
didn't have those columns. However, some other users of pgoutput plugin
may expect the columns as per the column list. Also, sending extra columns
unnecessarily consumes network bandwidth defeating the purpose of the
column list feature.

Reported-by: Gunnar Morling
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 15
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADGJaX9kiRZ-OH0EpWF5Fkyh1ZZYofoNRCrhapBfdk02tj5EKg@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-02 10:52:58 +05:30
Michael Paquier 5e73a60488 Switch pg_dump to use compression specifications
Compression specifications are currently used by pg_basebackup and
pg_receivewal, and are able to let the user control in an extended way
the method and level of compression used.  As an effect of this commit,
pg_dump's -Z/--compress is now able to use more than just an integer, as
of the grammar "method[:detail]".

The method can be either "none" or "gzip", and can optionally take a
detail string.  If the detail string is only an integer, it defines the
compression level.  A comma-separated list of keywords can also be used
method allows for more options, the only keyword supported now is
"level".

The change is backward-compatible, hence specifying only an integer
leads to no compression for a level of 0 and gzip compression when the
level is greater than 0.

Most of the code changes are straight-forward, as pg_dump was relying on
an integer tracking the compression level to check for gzip or no
compression.  These are changed to use a compression specification and
the algorithm stored in it.

As of this change, note that the dump format is not bumped because there
is no need yet to track the compression algorithm in the TOC entries.
Hence, we still rely on the compression level to make the difference
when reading them.  This will be mandatory once a new compression method
is added, though.

In order to keep the code simpler when parsing the compression
specification, the code is changed so as pg_dump now fails hard when
using gzip on -Z/--compress without its support compiled, rather than
enforcing no compression without the user knowing about it except
through a warning.  Like before this commit, archive and custom formats
are compressed by default when the code is compiled with gzip, and left
uncompressed without gzip.

Author: Georgios Kokolatos
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/O4mutIrCES8ZhlXJiMvzsivT7ztAMja2lkdL1LJx6O5f22I2W8PBIeLKz7mDLwxHoibcnRAYJXm1pH4tyUNC4a8eDzLn22a6Pb1S74Niexg=@pm.me
2022-12-02 10:45:02 +09:00
Tom Lane 1dd6700f44 Fix under-parenthesized display of AT TIME ZONE constructs.
In commit 40c24bfef, I forgot to use get_rule_expr_paren() for the
arguments of AT TIME ZONE, resulting in possibly not printing parens
for expressions that need it.  But get_rule_expr_paren() wouldn't have
gotten it right anyway, because isSimpleNode() hadn't been taught that
COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX parent nodes don't guarantee sufficient parentheses.
Improve all that.  Also use this methodology for F_IS_NORMALIZED, so
that we don't print useless parens for that.

In passing, remove a comment that was obsoleted later.

Per report from Duncan Sands.  Back-patch to v14 where this code
came in.  (Before that, we didn't try to print AT TIME ZONE that way,
so there was no bug just ugliness.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f41566aa-a057-6628-4b7c-b48770ecb84a@deepbluecap.com
2022-12-01 11:38:14 -05:00
Michael Paquier 43351557d0 Make materialized views participate in predicate locking
Matviews have been discarded from needing predicate locks since 3bf3ab8
and their introduction.  At this point, there was no concurrent flavor
of REFRESH yet, hence there was no meaning in having materialized views
look at read/write conflicts with concurrent transactions using
themselves the serializable isolation level because they could only be
refreshed with an access exclusive lock.  CONCURRENTLY, on the contrary,
allows reads and writes during a refresh as it holds a share update
exclusive lock.

Some isolation tests are added to show the effect of the change, with a
combination of one table and a matview based on it, using a mix of
REFRESH CONCURRENTLY and read/write queries.

This could arguably be considered as a bug, but as it is a subtle
behavior change potentially impacting applications no backpatch is
done.

Author: Yugo Nagata
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo, Dilip Kumar, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220726164434.42d4e33911b4b4fcf751c4e7@sraoss.co.jp
2022-12-01 15:41:13 +09:00
Tom Lane d5515ca7cf Reject missing database name in pg_regress and cohorts.
Writing "pg_regress --dbname= ..." led to a crash, because
we weren't expecting there to be no database name supplied.
It doesn't seem like a great idea to run regression tests
in whatever is the user's default database; so rather than
supporting this case let's explicitly reject it.

Per report from Xing Guo.  Back-patch to all supported
branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACpMh+A8cRvtvtOWVAZsCM1DU81GK4DL26R83y6ugZ1osV=ifA@mail.gmail.com
2022-11-30 13:01:41 -05:00
Michael Paquier d2a4490401 Add regression tests for psql's \o and \g on files
This adds coverage for a few scenarios not checked yet in psql, with
multiple query combined across files defined by \o, \g or both at the
same time.  The results are saved in the output files defined, then
reloaded back to check what has been written to them.

Author: Daniel Verite
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/25c2bb5b-9012-40f8-8088-774cb764046d@manitou-mail.org
2022-11-30 14:46:43 +09:00
Tom Lane 51dfaa0b01 Remove bogus Assert and dead code in remove_useless_results_recurse().
The JOIN_SEMI case Assert'ed that there are no PlaceHolderVars that
need to be evaluated at the semijoin's RHS, which is wrong because
there could be some in the semijoin's qual condition.  However, there
could not be any references further up than that, and within the qual
there is not any way that such a PHV could have gone to null yet, so
we don't really need the PHV and there is no need to avoid making the
RHS-removal optimization.  The upshot is that there's no actual bug
in production code, and we ought to just remove this misguided Assert.

While we're here, also drop the JOIN_RIGHT case, which is dead code
because reduce_outer_joins() already got rid of JOIN_RIGHT.

Per bug #17700 from Xin Wen.  Uselessness of the JOIN_RIGHT case
pointed out by Richard Guo.  Back-patch to v12 where this code
was added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17700-2b5c10d917c30687@postgresql.org
2022-11-29 10:52:44 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan 4441fc704d Provide non-superuser predefined roles for vacuum and analyze
This provides two new predefined roles: pg_vacuum_all_tables and
pg_analyze_all_tables. Roles which have been granted these roles can
perform vacuum or analyse respectively on any or all tables as if they
were a superuser. This removes the need to grant superuser privilege to
roles just so they can perform vacuum and/or analyze.

Nathan Bossart

Reviewed by: Bharath Rupireddy, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Stephen Frost, Robert
Haas, Mark Dilger, Tom Lane, Corey Huinker, David G. Johnston, Michael
Paquier.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220722203735.GB3996698@nathanxps13
2022-11-28 12:08:14 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan b5d6382496 Provide per-table permissions for vacuum and analyze.
Currently a table can only be vacuumed or analyzed by its owner or
a superuser. This can now be extended to any user by means of an
appropriate GRANT.

Nathan Bossart

Reviewed by: Bharath Rupireddy, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Stephen Frost, Robert
Haas, Mark Dilger, Tom Lane, Corey Huinker, David G. Johnston, Michael
Paquier.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220722203735.GB3996698@nathanxps13
2022-11-28 12:08:14 -05:00
Michael Paquier cbe6e482d7 Add TAP tests for include directives in HBA end ident files
This commit adds a basic set of authentication tests to check after the
new keywords added by a54b658 for the HBA and ident files, aka
"include", "include_if_exists" and "include_dir".

This includes checks for all the positive cases originally proposed,
where valid contents are generated for the HBA and ident files without
any errors happening in the server, checking as well the contents of
their respective system views.  The error handling will be evaluated
separately (-DEXEC_BACKEND makes that trickier), and what we have here
covers most of the ground I would like to see covered if one manipulates
the tokenization logic of hba.c in the future.

While on it, some coverage is added for files included with '@' for
database or user name lists.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220223045959.35ipdsvbxcstrhya@jrouhaud
2022-11-28 15:19:06 +09:00
Michael Paquier 9e492d6b69 Skip TAP test for peer authentication if there are no unix-domain sockets
Peer connections require support for local connections to work, but the
test missed the same check as the other ones in this suite.  The
buildfarm does not run the authentication tests on Windows, and, more
surprisingly, the CI with meson was already able to skip it.

Author: Anton A. Melnikov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28b9d685-9590-45b1-fe87-358d61c6950a@inbox.ru
2022-11-25 16:37:49 +09:00
Michael Paquier a54b658ce7 Add support for file inclusions in HBA and ident configuration files
pg_hba.conf and pg_ident.conf gain support for three record keywords:
- "include", to include a file.
- "include_if_exists", to include a file, ignoring it if missing.
- "include_dir", to include a directory of files.  These are classified
by name (C locale, mostly) and need to be prefixed by ".conf", hence
following the same rules as GUCs.

This commit relies on the refactoring pieces done in efc9816, ad6c528,
783e8c6 and 1b73d0b, adding a small wrapper to build a list of
TokenizedAuthLines (tokenize_include_file), and the code is shaped to
offer some symmetry with what is done for GUCs with the same options.

pg_hba_file_rules and pg_ident_file_mappings gain a new field called
file_name, to track from which file a record is located, taking
advantage of the addition of rule_number in c591300 to offer an
organized view of the HBA or ident records loaded.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220223045959.35ipdsvbxcstrhya@jrouhaud
2022-11-24 13:51:34 +09:00
Andrew Dunstan b7a5ef17cf Simplify WARNING messages from skipped vacuum/analyze on a table
This will more easily accomodate adding new permissions for vacuum and
analyze.

Nathan Bossart following a suggestion from Kyotaro Horiguchi

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220726.104712.912995710251150228.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
2022-11-23 14:43:16 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan b425bf0081
Fix perl warning from commit 9b4eafcaf4
per gripe from Andres Freund and Tom Lane

Backpatch to all live branches.
2022-11-23 07:03:06 -05:00
Tom Lane 56d0ed3b75 Give better hints for ambiguous or unreferenceable columns.
Examine ParseNamespaceItem flags to detect whether a column name
is unreferenceable for lack of LATERAL, or could be referenced if
a qualified name were used, and give better hints for such cases.
Also, don't phrase the message to imply that there's only one
matching column when there is really more than one.

Many of the regression test output changes are not very interesting,
but just reflect reclassifying the "There is a column ... but it
cannot be referenced from this part of the query" messages as DETAIL
rather than HINT.  They are details per our style guide, in the sense
of being factual rather than offering advice; and this change provides
room to offer actual HINTs about what to do.

While here, adjust the fuzzy-name-matching code to be a shade less
impenetrable.  It was overloading the meanings of FuzzyAttrMatchState
fields way too much IMO, so splitting them into multiple fields seems
to make it clearer.  It's not like we need to shave bytes in that
struct.

Per discussion of bug #17233 from Alexander Korolev.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17233-afb9d806aaa64b17@postgresql.org
2022-11-22 18:46:31 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 0538d4c0c3
Remove useless MERGE test
This was trying to exercise an ERROR we don't actually have.

Backpatch to 15.

Reported by Teja Mupparti <Tejeswar.Mupparti@microsoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/SN6PR2101MB1040BDAF740EA4389484E92BF0079@SN6PR2101MB1040.namprd21.prod.outlook.com
2022-11-22 11:26:47 +01:00
Michael Paquier f193883fc9 Replace SQLValueFunction by COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX
This switch impacts 9 patterns related to a SQL-mandated special syntax
for function calls:
- LOCALTIME [ ( typmod ) ]
- LOCALTIMESTAMP [ ( typmod ) ]
- CURRENT_TIME [ ( typmod ) ]
- CURRENT_TIMESTAMP [ ( typmod ) ]
- CURRENT_DATE

Five new entries are added to pg_proc to compensate the removal of
SQLValueFunction to provide backward-compatibility and making this
change transparent for the end-user (for example for the attribute
generated when a keyword is specified in a SELECT or in a FROM clause
without an alias, or when specifying something else than an Iconst to
the parser).

The parser included a set of checks coming from the files in charge of
holding the C functions used for the SQLValueFunction calls (as of
transformSQLValueFunction()), which are now moved within each function's
execution path, so this reduces the dependencies between the execution
and the parsing steps.  As of this change, all the SQL keywords use the
same paths for their work, relying only on COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX.  Like
fb32748, no performance difference has been noticed, while the perf
profiles get reduced with ExecEvalSQLValueFunction() gone.

Bump catalog version.

Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker, Ted Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YzaG3MoryCguUOym@paquier.xyz
2022-11-21 18:31:59 +09:00
Tom Lane b62303794e Fix sloppy cleanup of roles in privileges.sql.
Commit 3d14e171e dropped regress_roleoption_donor twice and
regress_roleoption_protagonist not at all.  Leaving roles behind
after "make installcheck" is unfriendly in its own right, plus
it causes repeated runs of "make installcheck" to fail.
2022-11-20 11:30:50 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan 9b4eafcaf4 Prevent port collisions between concurrent TAP tests
Currently there is a race condition where if concurrent TAP tests both
test that they can open a port they will assume that it is free and use
it, causing one of them to fail. To prevent this we record a reservation
using an exclusive lock, and any TAP test that discovers a reservation
checks to see if the reserving process is still alive, and looks for
another free port if it is.

Ports are reserved in a directory set by the environment setting
PG_TEST_PORT_DIR, or if that doesn't exist a subdirectory of the top
build directory as set by meson or Makefile.global, or its own
tmp_check directory.

The prove_check recipe in Makefile.global.in is extended to export
top_builddir to the TAP tests. This was already exported by the
prove_installcheck recipes.

Per complaint from Andres Freund

This will be backpatched in due course after some testing.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221002164931.d57hlutrcz4d2zi7@awork3.anarazel.de
2022-11-20 10:07:35 -05:00